PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-12001642-B2
Application Number: US-202318125070-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B2

Title: User interfaces for managing visual content in media

Abstract:
The present disclosure generally relates to methods and user interfaces for managing visual content at a computer system. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing visual indicators for visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for inserting visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for identifying visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for translating visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for translating visual content in media are described. In some embodiments, methods and user interfaces for managing user interface objects for visual content in media are described.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the computer system comprising:
 one or more processors; and 
 memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: 
 concurrently displaying, via the display generation component:
 a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on first detected text in the representation of media; and 
 a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on second detected text in the representation of media different from the first detected text. 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the user interface includes a third user interface object, and wherein detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the third user interface object. 
     
     
       3. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, visually emphasizing at least a first portion in the representation of the media relative to a second portion in the representation of the media. 
 
     
     
       4. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while concurrently displaying the first user interface object and the second user interface object, detecting a request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, ceasing to display the first user interface object and the second user interface object. 
 
     
     
       5. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for copying a third portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the third portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       6. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for initiating a communication session, and wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a communication session with a second computer system that is associated with at least a first portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       7. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for converting a first value with a first unit of measurement to a second value with a second unit of measurement that is different from the first unit of measurement, and wherein performing the first operation includes converting the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement. 
     
     
       8. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a first translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a first state, configuring the computer system to operate in a translation mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a second state that is different from the first state, configuring the computer system to not operate in the translation mode. 
 
     
     
       9. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a second translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes ceasing to display a translated version of a second portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       10. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a third translation setting, and wherein perform the first operation includes displaying a translated version of a third portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       11. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for scanning a fourth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes scanning the fourth portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       12. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a first table, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the first table. 
     
     
       13. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting information from one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a second table, and wherein performing the first operation includes displaying an indication that information in the second table is selected. 
     
     
       14. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing one or more contacts, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a sixth portion of the representation of the media to a contact details form. 
     
     
       15. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a shopping list, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a seventh portion of the representation of the media to a list. 
     
     
       16. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing medicine, wherein performing the first operation includes:
 identifying medical information in the representation of media; and 
 causing the medical information to be associated with a health application. 
 
     
     
       17. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for redeeming a gift card, wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a process to redeem a gift card based on an eighth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein the eighth portion of the representation is identifying information associated with the gift card. 
     
     
       18. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a barcode, wherein performing the first operation includes displaying first information about a product (and/or service) that corresponds to a barcode, and wherein the barcode is displayed in the representation of the media. 
     
     
       19. The computer system of  claim 18 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the representation of the media that includes the barcode, detecting an input that is directed to the barcode; and 
 in response to detecting the input directed to the barcode, displaying second information about the product that corresponds to the barcode. 
 
     
     
       20. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the user interface includes a fourth user interface object that is displayed at a first location, detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the fourth user interface object; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, the first user interface object is displayed at the first location and the fourth user interface object is not displayed at the first location. 
 
     
     
       21. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, and wherein the representation of media is a representation of visual content that is being captured by the one or more cameras. 
     
     
       22. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the representation of the media is a representation of previously captured media. 
     
     
       23. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the representation of media is a photo or a video. 
     
     
       24. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the representation of media is a screenshot. 
     
     
       25. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media:
 concurrently displaying, via the display generation component:
 a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on first detected text in the representation of media; and 
 a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on second detected text in the representation of media different from the first detected text. 
 
 
 
     
     
       26. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the user interface includes a third user interface object, and wherein detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the third user interface object. 
     
     
       27. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, visually emphasizing at least a first portion in the representation of the media relative to a second portion in the representation of the media. 
 
     
     
       28. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while concurrently displaying the first user interface object and the second user interface object, detecting a request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, ceasing to display the first user interface object and the second user interface object. 
 
     
     
       29. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for copying a third portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the third portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       30. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for initiating a communication session, and wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a communication session with a second computer system that is associated with at least a first portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       31. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for converting a first value with a first unit of measurement to a second value with a second unit of measurement that is different from the first unit of measurement, and wherein performing the first operation includes converting the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement. 
     
     
       32. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a first translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a first state, configuring the computer system to operate in a translation mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a second state that is different from the first state, configuring the computer system to not operate in the translation mode. 
 
     
     
       33. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a second translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes ceasing to display a translated version of a second portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       34. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a third translation setting, and wherein perform the first operation includes displaying a translated version of a third portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       35. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for scanning a fourth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes scanning the fourth portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       36. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a first table, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the first table. 
     
     
       37. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting information from one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a second table, and wherein performing the first operation includes displaying an indication that information in the second table is selected. 
     
     
       38. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing one or more contacts, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a sixth portion of the representation of the media to a contact details form. 
     
     
       39. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a shopping list, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a seventh portion of the representation of the media to a list. 
     
     
       40. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing medicine, wherein performing the first operation includes:
 identifying medical information in the representation of media; and 
 causing the medical information to be associated with a health application. 
 
     
     
       41. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for redeeming a gift card, wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a process to redeem a gift card based on an eighth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein the eighth portion of the representation is identifying information associated with the gift card. 
     
     
       42. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a barcode, wherein performing the first operation includes displaying first information about a product that corresponds to a barcode, and wherein the barcode is displayed in the representation of the media. 
     
     
       43. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 42 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the representation of the media that includes the barcode, detecting an input that is directed to the barcode; and 
 in response to detecting the input directed to the barcode, displaying second information about the product that corresponds to the barcode. 
 
     
     
       44. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein:
 the user interface includes a fourth user interface object that is displayed at a first location, 
 detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the fourth user interface object; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, the first user interface object is displayed at the first location and the fourth user interface object is not displayed at the first location. 
 
     
     
       45. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, and wherein the representation of media is a representation of visual content that is being captured by the one or more cameras. 
     
     
       46. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the representation of the media is a representation of previously captured media. 
     
     
       47. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the representation of media is a photo or a video. 
     
     
       48. The non-transitory computer-readable storage of  claim 25 , wherein the representation of media is a screenshot. 
     
     
       49. A method, comprising:
 at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component:
 while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media:
 concurrently displaying, via the display generation component:
 a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on first detected text in the representation of media; and 
 a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on second detected text in the representation of media different from the first detected text. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       50. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the user interface includes a third user interface object, and wherein detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the third user interface object. 
     
     
       51. The method of  claim 49 , further comprising:
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, visually emphasizing at least a first portion in the representation of the media relative to a second portion in the representation of the media. 
 
     
     
       52. The method of  claim 49 , further comprising:
 while concurrently displaying the first user interface object and the second user interface object, detecting a request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and 
 in response to detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, ceasing to display the first user interface object and the second user interface object. 
 
     
     
       53. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for copying a third portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the third portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       54. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for initiating a communication session, and wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a communication session with a second computer system that is associated with at least a first portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       55. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for converting a first value with a first unit of measurement to a second value with a second unit of measurement that is different from the first unit of measurement, and wherein performing the first operation includes converting the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement. 
     
     
       56. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a first translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes:
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a first state, configuring the computer system to operate in a translation mode; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a second state that is different from the first state, configuring the computer system to not operate in the translation mode. 
 
     
     
       57. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a second translation setting, and wherein performing the first operation includes ceasing to display a translated version of a second portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       58. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a third translation setting, and wherein perform the first operation includes displaying a translated version of a third portion of the first detected text. 
     
     
       59. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for scanning a fourth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein performing the first operation includes scanning the fourth portion of the representation of the media. 
     
     
       60. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a first table, and wherein performing the first operation includes copying the first table. 
     
     
       61. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for extracting information from one or more tables, wherein a fifth portion of the representation of media includes a second table, and wherein performing the first operation includes displaying an indication that information in the second table is selected. 
     
     
       62. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing one or more contacts, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a sixth portion of the representation of the media to a contact details form. 
     
     
       63. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a shopping list, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a seventh portion of the representation of the media to a list. 
     
     
       64. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing medicine, wherein performing the first operation includes:
 identifying medical information in the representation of media; and 
 causing the medical information to be associated with a health application. 
 
     
     
       65. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for redeeming a gift card, wherein performing the first operation includes initiating a process to redeem a gift card based on an eighth portion of the representation of the media, and wherein the eighth portion of the representation is identifying information associated with the gift card. 
     
     
       66. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a barcode, wherein performing the first operation includes displaying first information about a product that corresponds to a barcode, and wherein the barcode is displayed in the representation of the media. 
     
     
       67. The method of  claim 66 , further comprising:
 while displaying the representation of the media that includes the barcode, detecting an input that is directed to the barcode; and 
 in response to detecting the input directed to the barcode, displaying second information about the product that corresponds to the barcode. 
 
     
     
       68. The method of  claim 49 , wherein:
 the user interface includes a fourth user interface object that is displayed at a first location, 
 detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the fourth user interface object; and 
 in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, the first user interface object is displayed at the first location and the fourth user interface object is not displayed at the first location. 
 
     
     
       69. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, and wherein the representation of media is a representation of visual content that is being captured by the one or more cameras. 
     
     
       70. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the representation of the media is a representation of previously captured media. 
     
     
       71. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the representation of media is a photo or a video. 
     
     
       72. The method of  claim 49 , wherein the representation of media is a screenshot.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2022/025096, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed Apr. 15, 2022, which claims priority to U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 63/176,847, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Apr. 19, 2021; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 63/197,497, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Jun. 6, 2021; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/484,844, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Sep. 24, 2021; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/484,714, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Sep. 24, 2021; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/484,856, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Sep. 24, 2021; and U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 63/318,677, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR MANAGING VISUAL CONTENT IN MEDIA,” filed on Mar. 10, 2022. The contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. 
    
    
     FIELD 
     The present disclosure generally relates to computer user interfaces, and more specifically, to techniques for managing visual content in media. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Smartphones and other personal electronic devices allow users to capture and view content in media. Users can capture a variety of types of media, including video and image data. Users can store the captured media on smartphones or other personal electronic devices. 
     BRIEF SUMMARY 
     Some techniques for managing visual content in media using computer systems, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which can include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 
     Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing visual content in media. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for managing visual content in media. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; while displaying the representation of media, detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; while displaying the representation of media, detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; while displaying the representation of media, detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; while displaying the representation of media, detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component is described. The computer system, comprises: one or more processors, memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; means for displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and means, while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance, for: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; means, while displaying the representation of media, for detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and means, responsive to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface, for: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes concurrently displaying a representation of media and a media capture affordance; and while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance: in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, wherein the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text is detected in the representation of media, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations; and in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, forgoing displaying the first user interface object; while displaying the representation of media, detecting a first input directed to the camera user interface; and in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, initiating capture of media to be added to a media library associated with the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object, displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system, comprises: one or more processors; memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item; means, while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, for detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; means, responsive to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and means for, while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first representation of a previously captured media item; while displaying the first representation of the previously captured media item, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item; in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display generation component, the second representation of the previously captured media item; and while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item: in accordance with a determination that a portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component. The method comprises: displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component is described. The computer system, comprises: memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; means for, displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; means for, while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; means, responsive to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, for displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; means for, while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and means, responsive to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, for inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a first user interface that includes a text entry region; while displaying the first user interface that includes the text entry region, detecting a request to display a camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a camera user interface that includes: a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, displaying a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region; while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, inserting at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with display generation component is described. The computer system, comprises: one or more processors; memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; means for, displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; means for, while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and means, responsive to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, for displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component. The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a media user interface that includes a representation of media; while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, receiving a request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features in the representation of the media; and in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, displaying one or more indications of detected features in the media, including a first indication of a first detected feature that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature, the first indication has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices. The method comprises: receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices is described. The computer system comprises one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: means for, receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; means, responsive to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, for: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; means for, while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and means, responsive to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, for displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more cameras, a display generation component, and one or more input devices. The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving a request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of indications of translated text that includes a first indication of a translation of a first portion of the text and a second indication of a translation of a second portion of the text; while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication and the second indication, receiving, via the one or more inputs devices, a request to select a respective indication of the plurality of translated portions; and in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication, displaying, via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object that includes the first portion of the text and the translation of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion of the text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component is described. The method comprises: while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component, the computer system comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component, the computer system comprises: means for, while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and means for, in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying a user interface that includes a representation of media, detecting a request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media; and in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media: in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text; and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text. 
     Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing visual content in media, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing visual content in media. 
    
    
     
       DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual indicators for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  8    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating for managing visual indicators for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  10 A- 10 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for inserting visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating user interfaces for inserting visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  12 A- 12 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for identifying visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for identifying visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  14 A- 14 N  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for translating visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for translating visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  17    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for managing visual content. For example, there is a need for electronic devices and/or computer systems to allow a user to manage visual content that is included in objects that are captured by one or more cameras of the computer system, such as signs or restaurant menus. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who manages visual content, thereby, enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Below,  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 ,  3 ,  4 A- 4 B, and  5 A- 5 B  provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing visual content. 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual content in media.  FIG.  8    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing visual content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  8   . 
       FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual indicators for visual content in media.  FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing visual indicators for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  9   . 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for inserting visual content in media.  FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of inserting visual content in media. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 AD  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the process in  FIG.  11   . 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for identifying visual content in media.  FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of identifying visual content in media. The user interfaces in  FIG.  12 A- 12 L  are used to illustrate the process described below, including the processes in  FIG.  13   . 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 N  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for translating visual content in media.  FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of translating visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces for  FIGS.  14 A- 14 N  are used to illustrate the process described below, including the processes in  FIG.  15   . 
       FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments.  FIG.  17    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces for  FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  are used to illustrate the process described below, including the processes in  FIG.  17   . 
     The processes described below enhance the operability of the devices and make the user-device interfaces more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) through various techniques, including by providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls, performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input, and/or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed. 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , depth camera controller  169 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors  175 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller  169  in I/O subsystem  106 . Depth camera sensor  175  receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor  175  is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module  143 . In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device  100  so that the user&#39;s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor  175  is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device  100 . In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor  175  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor  175  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts module  137 , e-mail client module  140 , IM module  141 , browser module  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone module  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera module  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone module  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail client module  140 , or IM module  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG.  3    is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG.  4 A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4 B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 B,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS.  1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG.  5 B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1 B, and  3   . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes  800 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 ,  1500 , and  1700 . A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG.  4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UP”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  8   . 
       FIG.  6 A  illustrates computer system  600  (e.g., an electronic device) displaying a camera user interface, which includes live preview  630  that optionally extends from the top of the display of computer system  600  to the bottom of the display of computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  optionally includes one or more features of device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  is a tablet, phone, laptop, desktop, etc. 
     Live preview  630  is a representation of a field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600  (“FOV”). In some embodiments, live preview  630  is a representation of a partial FOV. In some embodiments, live preview  630  is based on images detected by one or more camera sensors. In some embodiments, computer system  600  captures images using a plurality of camera sensors and combines them to display live preview  630 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  captures images using a single camera sensor to display live preview  630 . 
     The camera user interface of  FIG.  6 A  includes indicator region  602  and control region  606 , which are positioned with respect to live preview  630  such that indicators and controls can be displayed concurrently with live preview  630 . Camera display region  604  is substantially not overlaid with indicators and/or controls. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , the camera user interface includes visual boundary  608  that indicates the boundary between indicator region  602  and camera display region  604  and the boundary between camera display region  604  and control region  606 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , indicator region  602  includes indicators, such as flash indicator  602   a  and animated image indicator  602   b . Flash indicator  602   a  indicates whether a flash mode is on (e.g., active), off (e.g., inactive), or in another mode (e.g., automatic mode). In  FIG.  6 A , flash indicator  602   a  indicates to the user that the flash mode is off and a flash operation will not be used when computer system  600  is capturing media. Moreover, animated image indicator  602   b  indicates whether the camera is configured to capture a single image or a plurality of images (e.g., in response to detecting a request to capture media). In some embodiments, indicator region  602  is overlaid onto live preview  630  and, optionally, includes a colored (e.g., gray; translucent) overlay. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , camera display region  604  includes live preview  630  and zoom controls (e.g., affordance)  622 . Zoom controls  622  include 0.5× zoom control  622   a,  1× zoom control  622   b , and  2   x  zoom control  622   c . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , 1× zoom control  622   b  is bolded and enlarged compared to the other zoom controls, which indications that 1× zoom control  622   b  is selected and that computer system  600  is displaying live preview  630  at a “1×” zoom level. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , control region  606  includes camera mode controls (e.g., controls)  620 , shutter control  610 , camera switcher control  614 , and a representation of media collection  612 . In  FIG.  6 A , camera modes controls  620   a - 620   e  are displayed, and ‘Photo’ camera mode  620   c  is bolded, which indicates that the computer system  600  is configured to capture photo media when shutter control  610  is active. As such, shutter control  610 , when activated, causes computer system  600  to capture media (e.g., a photo when shutter control  610  is activated in  FIG.  6 A ), using the one or more camera sensors, based on the current state of live preview  630  and the current state of the camera application (e.g., which camera mode is selected). The captured media is stored locally at computer system  600  and/or transmitted to a remote server for storage. Camera switcher control  614 , when activated, causes computer system  600  to switch to showing the field-of-view of a different camera in live preview  630 , such as by switching between a rear-facing camera sensor and a front-facing camera sensor. The representation of media collection  612  illustrated in  FIG.  6 A  is a representation of media (e.g., an image, a video) that was most recently captured by computer system  600 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting a gesture directed to media collection  612 , computer system  600  displays a similar user interface to the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  7 B  (discussed below). In some embodiments, indicator region  602  is overlaid onto live preview  630  and, optionally, includes a colored (e.g., gray; translucent) overlay. At  FIG.  6 A , computer system detects tap input  650   a  on (and/or directed to) shutter control  610 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 B , in response to detecting tap input  650   a , computer system  600  initiates capture of media to capture live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 A  and displays a new representation in media collection  612 . In  FIG.  6 B , the new representation is a representation of live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 A  (e.g., that was captured in response to detecting tap input  650   a  on shutter control  610 ). Additionally, the new representation is displayed on top of media collection  612  in  FIG.  6 B  because the new representation corresponds to a representation of the most recently captured media. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 B , live preview  630  includes a representation that shows person  640  standing behind a tree, where the head of person  640  and a portion of the body of person  640  is not obscured by the tree. Positioned on the tree is a sign  642  that includes text portion  642   a  (e.g., “LOST DOG”) and text portion  642   b  (e.g., paragraph of text that starts with “LOVEABLE”). In  FIG.  6 B , the text in text portions  642   a - 642   b  is not visually prominent, and in the embodiment shown in  FIG.  6 B , the text in text portions  642   a  and  642   b  is small and cannot be easily read by a user looking at computer system  600 . At  FIG.  6 B , computer system  600  detects de-pinching input  650   b  on live preview  630 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 C , in response to detecting de-pinching input  650   b , computer system  600  replaces the display of 2× zoom control  622   c  of  FIG.  6 B  with the display of 2.5× zoom control. Additionally, computer system  600  updates live preview  630  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that objects in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras are displayed at a “2.5×” zoom level (e.g., as indicated by newly displayed and selected (e.g., enlarged and bolded) 2.5× zoom control  622   d ) instead of the “1×” zoom level of  FIG.  6 B . 
     When compared to  FIG.  6 B , text portions  642   a - 642   b  of  FIG.  6 C  are more visually prominent (e.g., bigger, more readable) than text portions  642   a - 642   b  of  FIG.  6 B . At  FIG.  6 C , a determination is made that text portions  642   a - 642   b  (and/or text included in text portions  642   a - 642   b ) individually satisfy a set of prominence criteria. Text portions  642   a - 642   b  of  FIG.  6 C  satisfy the set of prominence criteria because each text portion occupies more than a threshold portion of live preview  630  (e.g., 10%) and/or each text portion includes text that is greater than a threshold size (e.g., greater than 6 pt font). In some embodiments, one or more text portions satisfy the set of prominence criteria based on other criteria, such as whether a respective text portion includes one or more types of text (e.g., an e-mail, phone number, a quick response (“QR”) code, etc.), whether a respective text portion is displayed at or close to a particular location (e.g., central location) of live preview  630 , whether a respective text portion is relevant based on the context of the media displayed as live preview  630 , etc. (as discussed in more detail in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L ,  FIG.  8   , and  FIG.  9   ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 C , computer system  600  displays bracket  636   a  around text portions  642   a - 642   b  and text management control  680  to the right of zoom control  622   d  in camera display region  604  because of the determination that text portions  642   a - 642   b  satisfy the set of prominence criteria (and/or because at least one portion of text satisfies the set of prominence criteria). 
     Looking back at  FIG.  6 B , bracket  636   a  and text management control  680  were not displayed in  FIG.  6 B  because a determination was made that text portions  642   a - 642   b  did not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (and/or because no portion of text satisfied the set of prominence criteria). At  FIG.  6 B , the determination was made that text portions  642   a - 642   b  did not satisfy the set of prominence criteria because text portions  642   a - 642   b  did not occupy more than a threshold portion of live preview  630  and did not include text that was greater than the threshold size. In some embodiments (as shown in  FIGS.  6 B- 6 C ), the determination of whether a respective text portion satisfies the set of prominence criteria is made based on how/when the text portion is currently being displayed in the live preview  630  and not solely based on whether live preview  630  includes text (and/or a text portion). 
     Returning back to  FIG.  6 C , bracket  636   a  is positioned around the image of the dog on sign  642  because the image of the dog is positioned between text portions  642   a - 642   b . In some embodiments, multiple brackets are displayed, such that one bracket is displayed around text portion  642   a  and another bracket is displayed around text portion  642   b . In some embodiments, multiple brackets are displayed because a determination is made that multiple text portions (e.g., “portions of text”) satisfy the set of prominence criteria and an object is positioned between the text portions. In some embodiments, only one bracket is displayed around multiple portions of text when an object is not positioned between the multiple portions of text. In some embodiments, where text portion  642   a  satisfies the set of prominence criteria but text portion  642   b  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria, a bracket is displayed around text portion  642   a  while a bracket is not displayed around text portion  642   b  (and vice-versa). In some embodiments, computer system  600  indicates that a respective text portion (e.g., portion of text) satisfies the set of prominence criteria by emphasizing the respective portion in other ways, such as by highlighting, bolding, resizing, displaying a box around the respective portion of text in addition to and/or in lieu of displaying the bracket around the respective portion of text. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 C , computer system  600  displays text-type indications  638   a - 638   b  (e.g., underlining) to show that a particular type of text (e.g., e-mail, address, phone number, QR code, etc.) has been detected (e.g., data detector) in text portion  642   b . In  FIG.  6 C , text-type indication  638   a  is displayed under “123 Main Street” to show that an address has been detected, and text-type indication  638   b  is displayed under “123-4567” to show that a phone number has been detected. In some embodiments, when a text-type indicator is displayed under a portion of text, a user can select the portion of text and/or the text-type indicator to perform an operation (e.g., as discussed further in relation to  FIGS.  6 M- 6 N  below). 
       FIGS.  6 C- 6 D  illustrate an exemplary embodiment where computer system  600  is moved in the physical environment.  FIGS.  6 C- 6 D  include graphical representation  660  that shows the original position  660   a  of computer system  600  (e.g., in  FIGS.  6 C- 6 D ) relative to a changed position  660   b  (e.g., in  FIG.  6 D ) of computer system  600  in the physical environment. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 C , computer system  600  is at original position  660   a . At  FIG.  6 C , the position of computer system  600  is changed. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 D , in response to the position of computer system  600  changing (e.g., from original position  660   a  to changed position  660   b ), computer system  600  translates live preview in the upward direction. In  FIG.  6 D , live preview  630  is translated in an upward direction, such that a top portion of live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 C  ceases to be displayed (e.g., portion that included text portion  642   a ), and a new bottom portion of live preview  630  (as shown in  FIG.  6 D ) is newly displayed. At  FIG.  6 D , a determination is made that text portion  642   a  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria and text portion  642   b  does (or continues to) satisfy the set of prominence criteria. Here, the determination is made that text portion  642   a  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria because text portion  642   a  is no longer displayed as a part of live preview  630  (e.g., in the camera display region) in  FIG.  6 D . As illustrated, because text portion  642   a  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria and text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  displays bracket  636   b  around text portion  642   b  (and not text portion  642   a ) and ceases to display bracket  636   a . In other words, computer system  600  dynamically changes bracket  636   a  into bracket  636   b  in accordance with a change with respect to a determination of whether one or more text portions (e.g., text portions that are currently displayed as being a part of live preview  630 ) satisfy and/or do not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. Therefore, one or more determination(s) of whether one or more text portions satisfies the set of prominence criteria is dynamic and can change when live preview  630  changes in response to a request to zoom in (e.g., de-pinch input)/zoom out (e.g., pinch input), pan (e.g., right, left, up, down swipe input) and/or changes in response to movement of computer system  600  (e.g., forward, back, up, down) and/or one or more cameras of computer system  600 . In some embodiments, the display of one or more brackets (e.g., brackets  636   a - 636   b ) and/or the display of text management control  680  changes when the one or more determination(s) of whether one or more text portions satisfies the set of prominence criteria change (as further described below in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L,  8 ,  9   ). In some embodiments, while computer system  600  displays bracket  636   a  around text portion  642   b  (and/or in response to detecting text in live preview  630 ), computer system  600  dims and/or reduces the saturation (e.g., colorfulness, tint, and/or hue) of portions of live preview  630  that do not have text (e.g., the photo of the dog) while the saturation and/or brightness of text portion  642   b  (and/or other portions of text) is maintained. In some embodiments, as a part of dimming portions of live preview  630  that do not have text and maintaining the brightness of text portion  642   b , computer system  600  displays text portion  642   b  with a greater amount of brightness than the portions of live preview  630  that do not have text. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 D , because the determination is made that text portion  642   b  does (or continues to) satisfy the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  continues to display text management control  680 . At  FIG.  6 D , text management control  680  is displayed because at least one determination is made that a currently displayed text portion (e.g., of live preview  630 ) satisfies the set of prominence criteria, irrespective of whether another text portion (e.g., text portion  642   a ) fails to continue to (or does not) satisfy the set of prominence criteria. At  FIG.  6 D , computer system  600  is moved back to original position  660   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 E , in response to computer system  600  being at original position  660   a , computer system  600  re-displays live preview  630 , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 C . At  FIG.  6 E , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   e  on text management control  680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 F , in response to detecting tap input  650   e , computer system  600  changes the display of text management control  680 . In particular, computer system  600  displays text management control  680  of  FIG.  6 F  in an active and/or selected state (e.g., as indicated by text management control  680  being bold in  FIG.  6 F ) and ceases to display text management control  680  in an inactive state and/or deselected state (e.g., as indicated by text management control  680  not being bold in  FIG.  6 E ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 F , in response to detecting tap input  650   e , computer system  600  emphasizes text portions  642   a - 642   b  and dims out other portions of live preview  630  (and/or other objects in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras), such as person  640 , the image of the dog on sign  642 , and the tree displayed in live preview  630 . Along with dimming out other portions of live preview  630 , computer system  600  ceases display of one or more controls (e.g., zoom controls  622  of  FIG.  6 E ) in camera display region  604 . In addition, computer system  600  also dims (or ceases to display) portions of the camera user interface, such as the indicator in the indicators in indicator region  602  and the controls and controls in camera control region  606 . In some embodiments, some of the indicators and/or controls that are dimmed in the camera user interface of  FIG.  6 F  are not selectable (e.g., does not cause computer system  600  to perform an action when selected). In some embodiments, some of the indicators and/or controls remain selectable and/or are not dimmed in response to detecting tap input  650   e . In some embodiments, computer system  600  maintains display of some controls in camera display region  604  in response to detecting tap input  650   e . In some embodiments, computer system  600  emphasizes portions  642   a - 642   b  by increasing the size of the text in text portions  642   a - 642   b , highlighting the text in text portions  642   a - 642   b , displaying a box around text portions  642   a - 642   b , etc. In some embodiments, dimming portions of live preview  630  includes reducing the saturation of portions of the live preview  630  that do not have text (e.g., the photo of the dog) while maintaining the saturation of text portions  642   a  and  642   b  (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 D ). 
     Notably, at  FIG.  6 F , the portions of text that are emphasized in response to detecting input  650   e  are the portions of text that a bracket (e.g., bracket  636   a ) surrounded when input  650   e  was received in  FIG.  6 E . In some embodiments, a bracket around a portion of text indicates to the user, which text will be emphasized and/or managed by the user when selection of text management control  680  occurs. In some embodiments, one or more text portions that are displayed via live preview  630  but do not have a bracket surrounding it when an input is received on text management control  680  are not emphasized in response to selection of the text management control  680  (e.g., in  FIG.  7 F  below, “BRAND” is not emphasized when text management control  680  is selected in  FIG.  7 F ). In some embodiments, one or more text portions that are displayed via live preview  630  but do not have a bracket surrounding it when an input is received on text management control  680  are emphasized in response to selection of the text management control  680  (e.g., if it is determined that the one or more portion of text meet a set of prominence criteria). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 F , in response to detecting tap input  650   e , computer system  600  also displays text management options  682  and instruction  684  that indicates one or more inputs/gestures that can be used to select a subset of text among text portions  642   a - 642   b  (e.g., “SWIPE OR TAP TO SELECT TEXT”). In  FIG.  6 F , text management options  682  are options to manage text portions  642   a - 642   b . In particular, text management options  682  include copy option  682   a , select-all option  682   b , look-up option  682   c , and share option  682   d . In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed to copy option  682   a , computer system  600  copies selected text (e.g., text in text portions  642   a - 642   b  in  FIG.  6 F ) and/or saves the selected text in a copy/paste buffer, which allows the selected text to be pasted in response to receiving a request to paste the selected text. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed to select-all option  682   b , computer system  600  selects all of the text that is emphasized on computer system  600 . In some embodiments, when computer system  600  selects all of the text in the selected text, computer system  600  highlights the selected text. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed to look-up option  682   c , computer system  600  looks up, via a search application (e.g., a web application, a dictionary application, a personal assistant application), the selected text (e.g., the emphasized text portions in  FIG.  6 F ) and/or displays one or more definitions and resources for the emphasized and/or selected text. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed to share option  682   d , computer system  600  initiates a process to share the selected text via one or more application (e.g., an e-mail, text messaging, word processing, social media application) (e.g., one or more predetermined application). In some embodiments, as a part of initiating the process to share the selected text, computer system  600  displays a scrollable list of applications, where selection of an application from the scrollable list of applications causes computer system  600  to share the selected text using the selected application. In some embodiments, the scrollable list of applications is displayed concurrently with a portion of live preview  630  (e.g., that includes one or more of text portions  642   a - 642   b ). At  FIG.  6 F , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   f  on a portion of live preview  630  (e.g., a portion in a dimmed region of live preview  630  and/or a portion of live preview  630  that does not include text portions  642   a - 642   b  and/or text management control  680 ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 G , in response to detecting tap input  650   f , computer system  600  displays text management control  680  in an inactive state, deemphasizes text portions  642   a - 642   b , brightens the other portions of live preview  630  and the camera user interface, and ceases to display text management options  682  and instruction  684 . Additionally, in response to detecting tap input  650   f , computer system  600  re-displays bracket  636   a  because a determination is made that text portions  642   a - 642   b  satisfy (or continue to satisfy) the set of prominence criteria. Effectively, in response to detecting tap input  650   f , the camera user interface is returned to the state that the camera user interface was in before tap input  650   e  was detected on text management control  680 . At  FIG.  6 G , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   g  on text management control  680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 H , in response to detecting tap input  650   g , computer system  600  displays the camera user interface of  FIG.  6 H , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F . Notably, at  FIG.  6 H  (and in  FIG.  6 F ), computer system  600  emphasizes text portions  642   a - 642   b  because text portions  642   a - 642   b  satisfy the set of prominence criteria. In some embodiments, computer system  600  dims one or more portions of text that do not satisfy the set of prominence criteria in response to detecting tap input  650   g . At  FIG.  6 H , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   h  on text portion  642   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 I , in response to detecting tap input  650   h , computer system  600  selects text portion  642   b  and re-positions text management options  682 , such that text management options  682  is displayed above text portion  642   b  in  FIG.  6 I  instead of being displayed above text portion  642   a  (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  6 H ). Text management options  682  is re-positioned to indicate that the text management options can be used to manage the text in text portion  642   b  and cannot be used to manage the text in text portion  642   a . Thus, in other words, computer system  600  changes the text that is selected to be managed using text management options  682  in response to detecting an input (e.g., swipe or tap) to select a particular portion of text. 
     Notably, live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 I  does not include person  640 , which was included in live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 H . This is because person  640  has moved behind the tree in live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 I  and, thus, is not in the field of view of the one or more cameras of computer system  600 . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 I , live preview  630  continues to update to reflect changes in the field-of-view of one or more cameras of the computer system  600  while text management control  680  is displayed in the active state and/or while text management options  682  are displayed. In some embodiments, live preview  630  does not continue to update while text management control  680  is displayed in the active state and/or while text management options  682  are displayed. Thus, in the embodiments where live preview  630  is not updated, computer system  600  would maintain display of a portion of person  640  sticking out from behind the tree in live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 I . At  FIG.  6 I , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  650   i.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 J , in response to detecting de-pinch input  650   i , computer system  600  displays live preview  630  at an increased zoom level and maintains display of text portion  642   b  and text management options  682 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  continues to display at least a subset of text portion  642   b  in response to a request to zoom in (e.g., de-pinch input) (and/or zoom out, pan and/or move of computer system  600  and/or one or more camera of computer system  600 ) because text portion  642   b  is selected. In some embodiments, display of a selected text portion (e.g., text portion  642   b ) is static. Thus, in some embodiments where the selected text portion is static, computer system  600  continues to display the selected text portion, irrespective of whether the selected text portion remains in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as further described below in relation to  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ) (e.g., when computer system  600  is moved, panned, and/or zoomed, etc.) (e.g., while the camera user interface remains displayed). At  FIG.  6 J , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   j  on the word “Fluffy,” which is a word that is included in text portion  642   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 K , in response to detecting tap input  650   j , computer system  600  selects and highlights the word “Fluffy.” At  FIG.  6 K , only the selected word “Fluffy” can be managed using text management options  682  that are displayed in  FIG.  6 K . At  FIG.  6 K , computer system  600  detects leftward swipe input  650   k  start from the word “Fluffy.” 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , in response to detecting leftward swipe input  650   k , computer system  600  selects and highlights multiple words included in text portion  642   b  based on the direction of swipe input  650   k . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , the words “THE NAME FLUFFY” are highlighted to show that “THE NAME FLUFFY” has been selected based on swipe input  650   k . At  FIG.  6 L , only the selected words “THE NAME FLUFFY” can be managed using text management options  682  that are displayed in  FIG.  6 L . 
       FIGS.  6 L- 6 M  illustrate an exemplary embodiment where computer system  600  is moved in the physical environment while computer system  600  continues to display the selected text portion (or text portion where a subset of the text portion is selected), irrespective of whether the selected text portion remains in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as further described below in relation to  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ).  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M  include graphical representation  660  that shows the original position  660   a  of computer system  600  (e.g., in  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ) relative to changed position  660   c  (e.g., in  FIG.  6 M ) of computer system  600 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , tree mark  646  is representative of a static portion of the tree displayed in live preview  630  of  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M . In  FIG.  6 L , tree mark  646  is displayed below text portion  642   b . At  FIG.  6 L , the position of computer system  600  is changed. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 M , in response to positioning of computer system  600  changing (e.g., as shown by changed position  660   c  relative to original position  660   a ), computer system  600  updates live preview, such that the tree mark  646  is displayed above text portion  642   b . Notably, at  FIG.  6 M , computer system  600  text portion  642   b  is no longer in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, such that text portion  642   b  would be located at the position in which text portion  642   b  is displayed live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 M  (e.g., which evident by tree mark  646  moving to a higher position in live preview  630 ). However, computer system  600  continues to display text portion  642   b  in live preview  630  of  FIG.  6 M  because a subset (e.g., “THE NAME FLUFFY”) of text portion  642   b  is selected. In some embodiments, computer system  600  only displays the subset of text portion  642   b  that is selected without displaying other portions of text portion  642   b  that are not selected. In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not update live preview  630  when text is selected and the camera is moved in the physical environment (and/or zoomed/panned). In some embodiments, computer system  600  selects a different portion of text (e.g., if text was displayed towards the bottom of the tree in live preview  630 ) in response to computer system  600  and/or a camera of computer system  600  being moved (e.g., and/or zoomed/panned) (e.g., as further described below in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L,  8 , and  9   ). At  FIG.  6 M , computer system  600  detects input  650   m  on “123-4567” under which text-type indication  638   b  is displayed. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 N , in response to detecting input  650   m  and because determinations are made that input  650   m  is a tap input and “123-4567” corresponds to a phone number, computer system  600  displays a phone dialer user interface and automatically (e.g., without user input on a keypad and/or a contact information card) initiates a phone call to “123-4567”. In some embodiments, a confirmation screen is displayed before computer system  600  initiates the phone call. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 O , in response to detecting input  650   m  and because determinations are made that input  650   m  is a press-and-hold input and “123-4567” corresponds to a phone number, computer system  600  displays phone number management options  692 , which includes call option  692   a , send message option  692   b , add-to-contacts option  692   c , and copy option  692   d . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 O , computer system  600  displays different options for management of some particular types of text (e.g., e-mails, phone numbers, QR codes) than management of other types of text (as shown by text management options  682  being displayed in  FIG.  6 L  when “THE NAME FLUFFY” was selected as opposed to phone number management options  692  being displayed when “123-4567” is selected in  FIG.  6 O ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to call option  692   a , computer system  600  initiates a phone call to “123-4567” (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 N ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to send message option  692   b , computer system  600  initiates a process for sending a message (e.g., displays a text management application) to “123-4567”. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to add-to-contacts option  692   c , computer system  600  initiates a process for adding a contact to a contact list that has “123-4567” as a phone number in the information for the contact. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to copy option  692   d , computer system  600  copies “123-4567” using one or more techniques as described above in relation to copy option  682   a  in  FIG.  6 F . 
       FIGS.  6 P- 6 T  illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a QR code is displayed in live preview  630 . In some embodiments, the QR code can be replaced with other types of matrices and/or barcodes. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 P , computer system  600  displays QR code  668  concurrently with QR code identifier  670  (e.g., “CAFE32.COM”) in live preview  630 . In some embodiments, a QR code identifier identifies one or more of a website, a contact, a cellular plan, an e-mail address, a calendar invite/event, a location (e.g., a GPS location), text, a video, a phone number, a WiFi-Network, an application and/or an instance of an application, etc. QR code identifier  670  includes an indication of the information identified by the QR code. At  FIG.  6 P , QR code  668  is in the field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600 , and QR code identifier  670  is not. Computer system  600  displays QR code identifier  670  because a determination is made that QR code  668  corresponds to (e.g., or identifies) a website destination that belongs to “CAFE32.COM”. At  FIG.  6 P , computer system  600  detects input  650   p   1  and/or input  650   p   2  in camera display region  604 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q , in response to detecting input  650   p   1  and/or input  650   p   2  (and based on a determination that at least one of the inputs is a tap input and/or a press-and-hold input), computer system  600  displays notification  674 , which includes a preview of the website (e.g., “CAFE32.COM” address). In some embodiments, the preview of the web address includes the full web address (e.g., “http:\\cafe32.com\menu”) and/or an image from the web address. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays notification  674  in lieu of navigating to the web address corresponding to QR code  668  in response to detecting one or more inputs to minimize the chances of a user unintentionally navigating to the website site that corresponds to QR code  668 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  650   p   1  on QR code  668 , computer system  600  displays notification  674  (e.g., without automatically navigating to the website. In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  650   p   2  on QR code identifier, computer system  600  automatically navigates to the website that corresponds to QR code  668  (e.g., without displaying notification  674 ) (e.g., using one or more similar techniques as described below in relation to computer system  600 &#39;s response to tap input  650   q ). At  FIG.  6 Q , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   q  on notification  674 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 R , in response to detecting tap input  650   q , computer system  600  automatically navigates to the web address that corresponds to the QR code (and/or opens) via web application  678 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 S , computer system  600  displays QR code  668  concurrently with QR code identifier  670 , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 P . At  FIG.  6 S , computer system  600  detects tap input  650   s  on text management control  680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 T , in response to detecting tap input  650   s , computer system  600  displays QR code management options  672 , which includes share option  672   a , copy link option  672   b , add-to-reading list option  672   c , and open link option  672   d . As described in relation to  FIG.  6 O  above, computer system  600  displays different options for management of some particular types of text than management of other types of text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to share option  672   a , computer system  600  initiates a process for sharing the web address and/or link that corresponds to the QR code (e.g., using one or more similar techniques as described in relation to an input directed to share option  682   d  in  FIG.  6 F ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to copy link option  672   b , computer system  600  copies the web address and/or link that corresponds to the QR code (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to copy option  682   a  in  FIG.  6 F ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to add-to-reading list option  672   c , computer system  600  initiates a process for adding the web address and/or link that corresponds to the QR code to a list of items (e.g., one or more articles, books, websites, etc.). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to open link option  672   d , computer system  600  navigates to the web address that corresponds to the QR code (and/or opens) via web application  678  (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 R ). 
     In some embodiments, QR code management options  672  include one or more options that are dynamically chosen based on the type of resource that the QR code represents (e.g., the QR code displayed when text management control  680  is selected). For example, the type of resource represented by a QR code can include one or more of a link to a website, a contact, a cellular plan, an e-mail address, a calendar invite/event, a location (e.g., a GPS location), text, a video, a phone number, a WiFi-Network, an application and/or an instance of an application, etc. In some embodiments, QR code management options  672  include a first set of controls when the QR code represents a resource of a first type and a second set of controls when the QR code represents a resource of a second type that is different from the first type. In some embodiments, the first set of controls has a different number of controls than the second set of controls. In some embodiments, a preview of the resource represented by the QR code is included in QR code management options  672  (e.g., when the QR code represents a string of text). 
     In some embodiments, QR code management options  672  include a different set of controls based on whether computer system  600  is in a locked or unlocked state. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  is in a locked state and the QR represents a link to an application, a control option to install and/or open the application is displayed. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  is in an unlocked state, a link to open the application is not displayed (e.g., is suppressed) even if the application is installed so as to avoid conveying information to an unauthorized user of the device about which applications are installed on the device. Optionally, instead of displaying a link to open the application, the device displays an option to use a portion of the application that is available without downloading the full application. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a different set of controls (e.g., based on whether computer system  600  is in a locked or unlocked state) to limit information given to unauthorized users (e.g., information that can be used to determine whether the application represented by the QR code is installed and/or not installed on computer system  600 ). 
       FIGS.  6 U- 6 W  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays a selection indicator around selected text that is separated into columns. In  FIGS.  6 U- 6 W , computer system  600  is oriented, such that the text in the environment is aligned with field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600 .  FIG.  6 U  illustrates computer system  600  displaying live preview  630  that includes a representation of text portion  648  (e.g., a roster of soccer players). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a representation of previously captured media that includes the representation of text portion  648  and one or more techniques described below in relation to  FIGS.  6 U- 6 W  are used to select words in text portion  648 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 U , text portion  648  includes name column  648   a , position column  648   b , state column  648   c , and grade column  648   d . Each respective column includes text that has been detected by computer system  600  (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 F ). As illustrated in  FIG.  6 U , computer system  600  is emphasizing text portion  648  while reducing the visual prominence of the portions of live preview  630  that do not include text (e.g., the soccer ball) (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 F ). In addition, because computer system  600  has detected text portion  648 , computer system  600  places a box around text  648  to emphasize text  648 . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 U , computer system  600  displays text management control  680  as active (e.g., as indicated by text management control  680  being bolded) and text management options  682  (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F ). At  FIG.  6 U , computer system  600  detects a first portion of swipe input  650   u  on name column  648   a , which travels from the “name” header of name column  648   a  to the “position” header of position column  648   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 V , in response to detecting the first portion of swipe input  650   u , computer system  600  displays selection indicator  696  (e.g., “gray highlighting”) around all of the words (“Name”, “Maria”, “Kate”, “Sarah”, and “Ashley”) in name column  648   a  and the “position” header of position column  648   b . Selection indicator  696  is positioned based on the location of swipe input  650   u . Because the first portion of swipe input  650   u  computer system  600  end at the location of the “position” header of position column  648   b , computer system  600  displays selection indicator  696  around all of the words up to (e.g., including the words of name column  648   a ) and including the “position” header. In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not include the “position” header of position column  648   b  because the first portion of swipe input  650   u  computer system  600  ends at the location of the “position” header of position column  648   b . In some embodiments, where the end of the input ends at the location of the word “DEFENDER” in position column  648   b  (e.g., in the row  3  of position column  648   b ), computer system  600  highlights all the words up to the word “DEFENDER”, including all the words of name column  648   a , the “position” header of position column  648   b  (e.g., on row  1  of position column  648   b ), and the word “Forward” in row  2  of position column  648   b.    
     The shape of selection indicator  696  is dependent upon whether the selected text (e.g., text that selection indicator  696  surrounds) is aligned with computer system  600 . At  FIG.  6 V , computer system  600  displays selection indicator  696  as a polygon with angles that are right angles (e.g., a shape with all right angles referred to herein as a rectangle-based selection indicator). Selection indicator  696  is a rectangle-based selection indicator because a determination is made that the selected text (e.g., text that selection indicator  696 ) is aligned with computer system  600  (e.g., and/or aligned with the field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600 ) (e.g., which is explained with additional details in relation to  FIGS.  6 X- 6 Z  below). At  FIG.  6 V , computer system  600  detects a second portion of swipe input  650   u , which is a rightward swipe input that travels from the “position” header of position column  648   b  to the “state” header of state column  648   c.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 W , in response to detecting the second portion of swipe input  650   u , computer system  600  expands selection indicator  696  to the right, such that selection indicator  696  is displayed around the words (e.g., all of the words) in name column  648   a  and position column  648   b  and is also displayed around the “state” header of state column  648   c  (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 U- 6 W ) because the computer system recognized the words in name column  648   a  as being in a same column. As illustrated in  FIG.  6 W , selection indicator  696  continues to be a rectangle-based selection indicator because the text portion continues to be aligned with the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. At  FIG.  6 W , computer system  600  is no longer detecting input swipe input  650   u . However, computer system  600  continues to display selection indicator  696  around a portion of the text. 
       FIGS.  6 X- 6 Z  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays a selection indicator around selected text when computer system  600  is oriented (e.g., oriented with respect to a respective text portion differently than how computer system  600  of  FIG.  6 U- 6 V  was oriented with to a respective text portion), such that the text in the environment is not aligned with the field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600 .  FIG.  6 X  illustrates computer system  600  displaying live preview  630  that includes a representation of text portion  652  (e.g., a paragraph of text about soccer). Text portion  652  is on a piece of paper in the environment that is being captured by the field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a representation of previously captured media that includes the representation of text portion  648  and one or more techniques described below in relation to  FIGS.  6 U- 6 W  are used to select words in text portion  648 . 
     At  FIG.  6 X , text portion  652  is not aligned with the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. At  FIG.  6 X , computer system  600  is oriented in a position, such that computer system  600  is not parallel with text portion  652  and/or is rotated/tilted along an axis (z-axis) in the environment (e.g., a user is holding phone at an angle and/or titled, such that the field-of-view of the one or more cameras are not aligned with text portion  652 ). At  FIG.  6 X , computer system  600  detects swipe input  650   x  in a diagonal direction that travels from the word “while” in text portion  652  to the last period (“.”) in text portion  652 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 Y , in response to detecting swipe input  650   x , computer system  600  displays selection indicator  696  around a subset of text portion  652  from the word “while” in text portion  652  to the last period in text portion  652 . As illustrated in  FIG.  6 Y , selection indicator  696  is a polygon with some angles that are not right angles (e.g., a shape with some acute and some obtuse angles referred to herein as a not-rectangle-based selection indicator). The not-rectangle-based selection indicator is drawn by the computer system to match or appear to match (or substantially match or appear to substantially match) an orientation of text portion  652  in live preview  630  (e.g., as though selection indicator  696  were a rectangle-based selection indicator on a surface that contains text portion  642  but viewed from the same perspective as the surface that contains text portion  642  is viewed in  FIGS.  6 X- 6 Z ). As discussed above, selection indicator  696  of  FIG.  6 Y  is not-rectangle-based because a determination is made that text portion  652  is not aligned with computer system  600  (e.g., as opposed to selection indicator  696  of  FIGS.  6 V- 6 U  being a rectangle-based selection indicator (e.g., with respect to the orientation of the display of computer system  600 ). At  FIG.  6 Y , computer system  600  detects swipe input  650   y  that travels from the word “while” to the word “synthetic” in text portion  652 . Notably, swipe input  650   y  is moving in a diagonal direction with respect to computer system  600  but is traveling along a row of words in text portion  652 . In some embodiments, even though the edges of selection indicator  696  are displayed at a diagonal relative to edges of a display region of the computer system, some or all of the edges of selection indicator  696  are placed by the computer system at locations determined to be parallel or perpendicular to lines of text in text portion  652 . In some embodiments, the angle of the edges of selection indicator  696  shift in the display region as an angle of the camera relative to the surface that contains text portion  642  changes so as to maintain the edges at locations determined to be parallel or perpendicular to lines of text in text portion  652 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  6 Z , in response to detecting swipe input  650   y , computer system  600  expands selection indicator  696  in the direction of swipe input  650   y , such that selection indicator  696  surrounds a subset of text portion  652  from the word “synthetic” to the last period in text portion  652  (e.g., where while is included in the portion of text). Selection indicator  696  remains displayed as a non-rectangle-based selection indicator even though selection indicator  696  has been expanded. In addition, selection indicator  696  continues to be displayed around the portion of text after computer system  600  no longer detects swipe input  650   y.    
       FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing visual indicators for visual content in media using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  9   . 
       FIG.  7 A  illustrates computer system  600  concurrently displaying media gallery user interface  710  that includes thumbnail media representations  712  and gallery region  702 . Thumbnail media representations  712  include thumbnail media representations  712   a - 712   c , where each of thumbnail media representations  712   a - 712   c  is representative of a different media item (e.g., a media item that was captured at a different instance in time). Gallery region  702  includes a library control  702   a  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display thumbnail media representations  712 ), a “for you” control  702   b  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display dynamically generated thumbnail representations of media items based on user preferences, albums control  702   c  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display thumbnail album representations that each represent a collection of media items), and search control  702   d  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a search user interface that includes one or more controls to search for a media item). In  FIG.  7 A , library control  702   a  has been selected (e.g., as indicated by the library control  702   a  being bolded). At  FIG.  7 A , computer system  600  detects tap input  750   a  on thumbnail media representation  712   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 B , in response to detecting tap input  750   a , computer system  600  displays media viewer user interface  720  and ceases to display media gallery user interface  710 . Media viewer user interface  720  includes media viewer region  724  positioned between application control region  722  and application control region  726 . Media viewer region  724  includes enlarged representation  724   a , which is representative of the same media item as thumbnail media representation  712   a . Media viewer user interface  720  is not substantially overlaid with controls, while application control region  722  and application control region  726  are substantially overlaid with controls. 
     Enlarged representation  724   a  includes sign  642  that includes text portion  642   a  (e.g., “LOST DOG”) and text portion  642   b  (e.g., paragraph of text that starts with “LOVEABLE”), as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 B . The text of text portions  642   a - 642   b  are not visually prominent, and the text of text portions  642   a - 642   b  are small and cannot be easily read by a user looking at computer system  600 . Further, enlarged representation  724   a  includes person  740  standing in front of a tree. Person  740  is wearing a hat that contains the word “BRAND” (e.g., text portion  742 ). 
     Application control region  722  optionally includes an indicator of a time (e.g., “7:54” in  FIG.  7 B ) that the currently displayed enlarged representation of media was taken (e.g., enlarged representation  724   a ), a cellular signal status indicator  720   a  that shows the state of a cellular signal, and battery level status indicator  720   b  that shows the state of the remaining battery life of computer system  600 . Application control region  722  also includes a back control  722   a  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to re-display media gallery user interface  710 ) and an edit control  722   b  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a media editing user interface that includes one or more controls for editing a representation of the media item represented by the currently displayed enlarged representation  724   a ). 
     Application control region  726  includes some of thumbnail media representations  712  (e.g.,  712   a - 712   c ) that are displayed in a single row. Because enlarged representation  724   a  is displayed in media viewer region  724 , thumbnail media representation  712   a  is displayed as being selected. In particular, thumbnail media representation  712   a  is displayed as being selected in  FIG.  7 B  by being displayed as having space from the other thumbnails (e.g.,  712   b  and  712   c ). In addition, application control region  726  includes send control  726   b  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to initiate a process for transmitting a media item represented by the enlarged media representation), favorites control  726   c  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to mark/unmark the media item represented by enlarged representation  724   a  as a favorite media), and trash control  726   d  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to delete (or initiate a process for deleting) the media item represented by enlarged representation  724   a ). At  FIG.  7 B , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  750   b  on (e.g., at and/or directed to a location on the display of computer system  600  that corresponds to) media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 C , in response to detecting de-pinch input  750   b , computer system  600  updates enlarged representation  724   a  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 C  is displayed at a greater zoom level than the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 B . At the increased zoom level, text portions  642   a - 642   b  of  FIG.  7 C  are bigger and more visually prominent (e.g., bigger, more readable) than text portions  642   a - 642   b  of  FIG.  7 B . In addition to updating enlarged representation  724   a , computer system  600  also expands media viewer region  724  of  FIG.  7 B , such that enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 B  occupies the portion of the display that application control regions  722  and  726  previously occupied in  FIG.  7 A . 
     At  FIG.  7 C , a determination is made that the text of text portion  642   a  and the text of text portion  642   b  in  FIG.  7 C  do not individually satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., using one or more similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 C ). Accordingly, the computer system  600  does not display a bracket that corresponds to (e.g., surrounds) text portions  642   a - 642   b  in  FIG.  7 B . Further, because the text of text portions  642   a - 642   b  do not satisfy the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  does not display text management control  680  (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 B ). 
     In some embodiments, the set of prominence criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that one or more of text portions  642   a - 642   b  include text that occupy a predetermined amount of space (e.g., 10%-100%) of the enlarged representation  724   a . In some embodiments, the set of prominence criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that one or more of portions  642   a - 642   b  include text that is positioned in or close to a predetermined location (e.g., central location) of the enlarged representation  724   a . In some embodiments, the set of prominence criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that one or more of text portions  642   a - 642   b  include text of a certain type of text (e.g., an e-mail, phone number, address, QR code, etc.) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 M- 6 T ). In some embodiments, the set of prominence criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that one or more of text portions  642   a - 642   b  include text that is relevant to the context of the enlarged representation  724   a  (e.g., the text satisfies a relevancy threshold (e.g., computer system  600  determines that the text is 90%, 95%, 99% relevant)). 
     At  FIG.  7 C , a determination is made that the principal subject matter of enlarged representation  724   a  is sign  642 . That is, the context of enlarged representation  724   a  is the content that is displayed within sign  642 . At  FIG.  7 C , a further determination is made that text portion  742  (e.g., “BRAND”) is not relevant because it appears on the hat of person  740  and, thus, is not relevant to the context of what is displayed in enlarged representation  724   a . In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines that text portion  742  is not relevant to the context of what is displayed in enlarged representation  724   a  because text portion  742  is displayed on a person or something on a person in enlarged representation  724   a.    
     Because the determination was made that text portion  742  is not relevant, a determination is made that text portion  742  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. Notably, the determination is made that text portion  742  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria even though text portion  742  has larger text than text portion  642   a - 642   b . As illustrated in  FIG.  7 C , computer system  600  does not display one or more brackets around text portion  742  (“BRAND) because text portion  742  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., due to the determination being made that text portion  742  is not relevant to the context of enlarged representation  724   a ). At  FIG.  7 C , computer system  600  detects tap input  750   c  on text portion  742 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 D , in response to detecting tap input  750   c , computer system  600  maintains the display of enlarged representation  724   a  as depicted in  FIG.  7 C . At  FIG.  7 D , computer system  600  does not update the display of enlarged representation  724   a  to indicate that text portion  742  is selected because a determination was made that text portion  742  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIG.  7 C ). In addition, computer system  600  does not update the display of enlarged representation  724   a  to indicate that text portion  742  is selected because a text management control is not displayed and selected (e.g., as opposed to computer system  600  updating the representation of media in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 L  as described above). In addition, because computer system  600  does not update the display of enlarged representation  724   a  at  FIG.  7 D , text portions  642   a - 642   b  continue to not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. Accordingly, as illustrated in  FIG.  7 D , computer system  600  does not display brackets that correspond to either text portion  642   a  or  642   b . At  FIG.  7 D , computer system  600  detects de-pinch  750   d  input in media viewer region  724 . In some embodiments, in lieu of de-pinch input  750   d , computer system  600  detects a directional swipe that corresponds to a request to pan (e.g., translate) enlarged representation  724   a  shown in  FIG.  7 D . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 E , in response to detecting de-pinch input  750   d , computer system  600  updates enlarged representation  724   a  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 E  is displayed at a greater zoom level than the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 D . At  FIG.  7 E , a determination is made that text of text portion  642   a  satisfies the set of prominence criteria but text of text portion  642   b  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. As a result, computer system  600  displays bracket  736   a  at a location (e.g., surrounding text portion  642   a ) that corresponds to the location of text portion  642   a . However, computer system  600  does not display bracket  736   a , or any other bracket, at a location that corresponds to the location of text portion  642   b  (e.g., because text of text portion  642   b  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria). Notably, the determination is made that text portion  742  (e.g., “BRAND”) continues to not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., due to text portion  742  not being relevant), even though text portion  742  has larger text than text portions  642   a - 642   b . In some embodiments, when computer system  600  detects a directional swipe in lieu of de-pinch input  750   d , computer system  600  pans enlarged representation  724   a , such that a different portion of enlarged representation  724   a  is displayed in response to receiving de-pinch input  750   d.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 E , because a determination was made that text of text portion  642   a  satisfies the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  displays text management control  680 . Text management control  680  is displayed in an inactive state (e.g., as indicated by text management control  680  not being bolded) because text management control  680  has not been selected (e.g., an input directed to text management control has not been detected). At  FIG.  7 E , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  750   e  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 F , in response to detecting de-pinch input  750   e , computer system  600  updates display of enlarged representation  724   a  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 F  is displayed at a greater zoom level than the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 E . At  FIG.  7 F , a determination was made that text of text portion  642   a  satisfies the set of prominence criteria and text of text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria. Accordingly, bracket  636   a , as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 C , is displayed around the entirety of both text portions  642   a - 642   b . Notably, at  FIG.  7 F , the determination is made that text portion  742  (e.g., “BRAND”) continues to not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., due to text portion  742  not being relevant), even though text portion  742  has larger text than text portions  642   a - 642   b . As illustrated in  FIG.  7 F , computer system  600  displays text-type indication  638   a  is displayed underneath “123 MAIN STREET” to show that an address has been detected and displays text-type indication  638   b  underneath “123-4567” to show that a phone number has been detected (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 C ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays multiple brackets, one bracket around text portion  642   a  and another bracket around text portion  642   b , and/or other combination of brackets (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M ). In some embodiments (e.g., looking back at  FIG.  7 E ), computer system  600  displays text-type indicators underneath a text portion, irrespective of whether the text portion in which the text-type indicators belong to satisfies the set of prominence criteria. At  FIG.  7 F , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  750   f  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 G , in response to detecting de-pinch input  750   f , computer system  600  updates enlarged representation  724   a  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 G  is displayed at a greater zoom level than the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 F . In some embodiments, the input to display enlarged representation  724   a , a shown in  FIG.  7 G , corresponds to a directional swipe input. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 G , enlarged representation  724   a  includes a subset of text portion  642   a  and a subset of text portion  642   b . As a result of a determination that the entirety of text portions  642   a - 642   b  no longer satisfies the set of prominence criteria (e.g., and/or enlarged representation  724   a  only including a subset of text portion  642   a  and text portion  642   b ), computer system  600  ceases displaying bracket  636   a  around the entirety of text portion  642   a  and text portion  642   b . In  FIG.  7 G , a determination is made that a subset of the text (e.g., the phone number “123-4567”) of text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria (e.g., while another subset of the text of text portion  642   b  does not satisfy the criteria). In some embodiments, the determination is made that the subset of text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria because a determination is made that a user intends to interact with or view the phone number based on the inputs previously detected by computer system  600  (e.g., computer system  600  has continued to zoom in near the phone number when looking at  FIGS.  7 A- 7 G ). 
     In some embodiments, a determination is made that  FIG.  7 G  includes a subset of text portion  642   a  (e.g., “DOG”) satisfies the set of prominence criteria. In response to the determination, computer system  600  displays a set of brackets around the subset of text portion  642   a  concurrently with bracket  736   c.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 G , computer system  600  only displays a portion of the address “123 MAIN STREET”. Consequentially, computer system  600  ceases the display of text-type indication  638   a . In some embodiments, computer system  600  maintains display of text-type indication  638   a  underneath the portion of the address “123 MAIN STREET” that is displayed at  FIG.  7 G . In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines that the portion of the address does not meet the set of prominence criteria because the other portion of the address is not displayed. At  FIG.  7 G , computer system  600  detects rightward swipe  750   g  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 H , in response to detecting rightward swipe  750   g , computer system  600  pans enlarged representation  724   a  in a rightward direction. Enlarged representation  724   a  is panned, such that the rightmost portion of text portions  642   a - 642   b  illustrated in  FIG.  7 G  cease to be displayed by computer system  600  and a leftmost portion of text portions  642   a - 642   b  are re-displayed by computer system  600  in  FIG.  7 H . As illustrated in  FIG.  7 H , computer system  600  does not display the entirety of the telephone number (e.g., 123-4567) and ceases display of bracket  736   c  and text-type indication  638   b . In some embodiments, a portion of text-type indication  638   b  remains displayed underneath the portion of the telephone number (e.g., “12”) that continues to be displayed in  FIG.  7 H . At  FIG.  7 H , computer system  600  displays more of the address (e.g., 123 MAIN STREET) in  FIG.  7 H  and re-displays text-type indication  638   a  underneath “123 MAIN STREET” to indicate to a user that an address is detected. 
     At  FIG.  7 H , a determination is made that another subset of text portion  642   b  (e.g., “$1000 REWARD”) satisfies the set of prominence criteria (e.g., without any other subset of text portion  642   b  satisfying the set of prominence criteria). Because a determination is made that the other subset of text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  displays bracket  736   d  around the other subset of text portion  642   b  “$1000 REWARD.” In some embodiments, the determination is made that the other subset of text portion  642   b  (e.g., “1000 REWARD”) is the most relevant text displayed based on the context of the displayed content of enlarged representation  724   a . In some embodiments, a determination is made that  FIG.  7 H  includes a subset of text portion  642   a  (e.g., “LOST”) satisfies the set of prominence criteria. In some embodiments, in response to this determination, computer system  600  displays a respective set of brackets around the subset of text portion  642   a  concurrently with bracket  736   e . At  FIG.  7 H , computer system  600  detects tap input  750   h  on text management control  680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 I , in response to detecting tap input  750   h , computer system  600  displays text management options  682 , which includes copy option  682   a  (e.g., that, when selected, computer system  600  copies text surrounded by bracket  736   d ), select-all option  682   b  (e.g., that, when selected, computer system  600  selects all the text surrounded by bracket  736   d ), look-up option  682   c  (e.g., that, when selected, computer system looks up, via a search (e.g., a web search, a dictionary search) the text surrounded by bracket  736   d ), and share option  682   d  (e.g., that, when selected, computer system  600  initiates a process to share the text surrounded by bracket  736   d ). In some embodiments, the various components of text management options  682  function as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays multiple text management options, where each respective text management option corresponds to a respective portion of text that is surrounded by a respective pair of brackets. In some embodiments, selection of a respective text management option allows the user to manage the portion of text that corresponds to the respective text management option. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 I , computer system  600  displays text management control  680  as activated (e.g., as indicated by text management control  680  being bolded). At  FIG.  7 I , computer system  600  detects tap input  750   i  on text management control  680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 J , in response to detecting tap input  750   i , computer system  600  re-displays enlarged representation  724   a , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  7 H . At  FIG.  7 J , computer system  600  detects downward swipe input  750   j  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 K , in response to detecting downward swipe input  750   j , computer system  600  pans media viewer region  724  downward (e.g., based on the swipe input) such that text portion  642   b  ceases to be displayed and computer system only displays a subset of text portion  642   a . At  FIG.  7 K , a determination is made that a subset of text portion  642   a  (e.g., “LOST”) satisfies the set of prominence criteria. Because the subset of text portion  642   a  does satisfy the set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  displays bracket  736   e  surrounding the subset of text portion  642   a.    
     At  FIG.  7 K , computer system  600  does not display bracket  736   d  because text portion  642   b  is not displayed as part of enlarged representation  724   a  at  FIG.  7 K . At  FIG.  7 K , computer system  600  detects pinch input  750   k  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  7 L , in response to detecting pinch input  750   k , computer system  600  updates enlarged representation  724   a  to reflect a change in zoom level (e.g., a decrease in the zoom level), such that the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 L  is displayed at a decreased zoom level in comparison to the zoom level of the display of enlarged representation  724   a  of  FIG.  7 K . At  FIG.  7 L , a determination is made that text portion  642   a  and text portion  642   b  do not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. Accordingly (e.g., because determination is made that text portion  642   a  and text portion  642   b  do not satisfy the set of prominence criteria), computer system  600  does not display (and/or ceases to display) text management control  680  and/or any brackets surrounding text portions  642   a - 642   b.    
     While the techniques discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  were discussed in the context of computer system  600  displaying a representation of previously captured media and a media viewer user interface, one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  can also be applied while computer system  600  is displaying previously captured media and a media viewer user interface. In addition, the techniques discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  can also be applied in the context of computer system  600  displaying a live preview (e.g., a representation of the field-of-view of one or more cameras, before media has been captured), such as live preview  630  of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M , and a camera user interface. 
     While the techniques discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  were discussed in the context of computer system  600  displaying a live preview and a camera user interface, one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 L  can also be applied while computer system  600  is displaying a live preview and a camera user interface. In addition, the techniques discussed in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  can also be applied in the context of computer system  600  displaying previously captured media, such as enlarged representation of media  724   a  and a media viewer user interface. 
       FIG.  8    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing visual content in media using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  800  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ) that is in communication with a display generation component. Some operations in method  800  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  800  provides an intuitive way for managing visual content in media. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing visual content in media, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage visual content in media faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     Method  800  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system. In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) and/or a first camera of one or more cameras (e.g., one or more cameras (e.g., dual cameras, triple camera, quad cameras, etc.) on the same side or different sides of the computer system (e.g., a front camera, a back camera))). 
     The computer system displays ( 802 ), via the display generation component, a camera user interface (e.g., a media capture user interface, a media viewing user interface a media editing user interface) that includes concurrently displaying a representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (e.g., photo media, video media) (e.g., live media, a live preview (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a current field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has not been captured (e.g., in response to detecting a request to capture media (e.g., detecting selection of a shutter affordance)), previously captured media (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a previous field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has been captured, a media item that has been saved and is able to be accessed by a user at a later time, a representation of media that was displayed in response to receiving a gesture on a thumbnail representation of media (e.g., in a media gallery)) and a media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) (e.g., user interface object). 
     While ( 804 ) concurrently displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media and the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) (e.g., user interface object), in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is satisfied, where the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g., one or more characters represented in the media) is detected in the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media, the computer system displays ( 806 ) (e.g., concurrently with the representation of media) (e.g., in the user interface), via the display generation component, a first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) corresponding to one or more text management operations (e.g., concurrently with the representation of media and/or the first user interface object). In some embodiments, the plurality of options (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) includes one or more options to copy the respective text (e.g.,  682   a ), select the respective text (e.g.,  682   b ), look-up the respective text (e.g.,  682   c ), share the respective text (e.g.,  682   d ), and translate the respective text. 
     While ( 804 ) concurrently displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media and the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) (e.g., user interface object), in accordance with a determination that a respective set of criteria is not satisfied, the computer system forgoes displaying ( 808 ) the first user interface object. 
     While displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (e.g., while concurrently displaying the representation of media and the media capture affordance and the first user interface object), the computer system detects ( 810 ) a first input (e.g.,  650   a ,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) (e.g., a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, a tap gesture, a swipe gesture) directed to the camera user interface (e.g.,  602 ,  604 ,  606 ). In some embodiments, the first input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture and/or a press-and-hold gesture). 
     In response to ( 812 ) detecting the first input ( 650   a ,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) (e.g., a first gesture) directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   a ) corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) (e.g., a gesture directed to the media capture affordance, a gesture at a location corresponds to the media capture affordance), the computer system initiates ( 814 ) capture of media to be added to a media library (e.g.,  612 ) associated with the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., without displaying an option to manage the respective text). 
     In response to ( 812 ) detecting the first input ( 650   a ,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) (e.g., a first gesture) directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ), the computer system displays ( 816 ), via the display generation component, a plurality of options to manage the respective text (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) (e.g., without initiating the capture of media to be added to the media library (e.g., as indicated by  624 ) associated with the computer system (e.g.,  600 )). In some embodiments, the plurality of options are displayed adjacent to the respective text (e.g., that is included in the representation of media. In some embodiments, the plurality of options (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) includes one or more options to copy the respective text (e.g.,  682   a ), select the respective text (e.g.,  682   b ), look-up the respective text (e.g.,  682   c ), share the respective text (e.g.,  682   d ), and translate the respective text (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F ). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ), the first user interface object is in an active state (e.g., transitioned from being displayed in an inactive state to an active state (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F ), where the first user interface object displayed in the active state (e.g.,  680  in  FIG.  6 F ) (e.g., bolded, a pressed state/appearance) has a different appearance from when the first user interface object is displayed in the inactive state (e.g.,  680  in  FIG.  6 G ) (e.g., not bolded, a de-pressed state/appearance)). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   a ) corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ), the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) is in an inactive state (e.g., transitioned from being displayed in an inactive state to an active state). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) and the first user interface object is in an inactive state (e.g.,  680  in  FIG.  6 E ), the computer system displays a plurality of options (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) to manage the respective text. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) and the first user interface object is in an active state (e.g.,  680  in  FIG.  6 F ), the computer system forgoes displaying a plurality of options (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) to manage the respective text (e.g., as described above in reference to  FIG.  6 F ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input ( 650   a ) corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, the first user interface object (e.g.,  610 ) continues to be displayed. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   a ) corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) or selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ), one or more interface objects (e.g., the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ), camera setting affordance(s), camera mode affordance(s) (e.g.,  620 )) cease to be displayed or are displayed as being inactive (e.g., dimmed) (e.g., not responsive to user input on the respective object) in the camera user interface. Displaying a plurality of options to manage respective text in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object provides the user with the ability to quickly and efficiently manage the respective text without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying a plurality of options to manage respective text when certain prescribed conditions are met (e.g., based on whether the first input corresponds to selection of a first user interface object) automatically provides the user with a variety of options for different ways to manage respective text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) is a tap gesture (e.g., a tap input) that is directed to the first user interface object (e.g.,  672 ,  682 ,  692 ) (e.g., a gesture at a location corresponds to the first user interface object). 
     In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes the respective text (e.g., where the respective text is displayed when the representation of media is displayed). In some embodiments, after detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) (and while not displaying an indication that the text is selected and/or after detecting an input/gesture that corresponds to selection of the first user interface object and/or while the first user interface object is displayed as being in an active state and/or while displaying a plurality of options to manage the respective text), the computer system detects a second input (e.g.,  650   j ) (e.g., a tap gesture and/or a swipe gesture) directed to the camera user interface. In some embodiments, the second input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture and/or a press-and-hold gesture). In some embodiments, the first input is a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  650   j ) directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the second input corresponds to selection of first one or more portions the respective text, the computer system displays an indication (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  6 K ) that the first one or more portions (e.g.,  642   b ) of the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) is selected. In some embodiments, the indication is displayed around the respective text. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying an indication that the one or more portions of respective text are selected, the computer system emphasizes (e.g., highlighting, underling, bolding, increasing the size of) the one or more portions of respective text. In some embodiments, while displaying an indication that a first portion of the respective text is selected, the computer system does not display an indication that a second portion (e.g., that is different from the first portion of) the respective text is selected. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second input ( 650   j ) corresponds to selection of one or more portions (e.g.,  642   a ) of the respective text and while the first user interface (e.g.,  680 ) object is displayed as being in an active state (e.g.,  680  as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F ), the computer system displays an indication that the first one or more portions (e.g.,  642   a ) the respective text is selected (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 K and  6 L ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second input (e.g.,  650   j ) corresponds to selection of one or more portions (e.g.,  642 ) of the respective text and while the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) is displayed as being in an inactive state (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 G ) and/or not displayed (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 C,  7 G ), the computer system does not (e.g., forgoes to display) display an indication that the first one or more portions (e.g.,  642   a ) the respective text is selected (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 C and  7 G ). Displaying an indication that the first one or more portions of the respective text is selected provides the user with visual feedback concerning whether text has been selected and which text is currently selected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying an indication that the first one or more portions of the respective text is selected in accordance in response to detecting the second input and in accordance with a determination that the second input corresponds to selection of the first one or more portions of respective text provides the user with additional control to select text without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second input (e.g.,  650   j ) (e.g., second gesture) is a tap gesture (e.g., that is directed to the one or more portions of the respective text) or a swipe gesture (e.g., that is directed to the one or more portions of the respective text). In some embodiments, the first input is a first type of input and the second input is a second type of input that is different from the first type of input. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with the determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ), the computer system displays an indication (e.g.,  684 ) (e.g., that was not previously displayed before the first input was detected) (e.g., an instruction) concerning (e.g., of how to) selecting text included in the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (e.g., instructions that indicate one or more inputs that will cause the computer system to display text as being selected). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, the computer system does not display the indication concerning (e.g., of how to) select text included in the representation of media. In some embodiments, the indication (e.g.,  684 ) concerning (e.g., of how to) select text included in the representation of media is concurrently displayed with the plurality of options (e.g.,  682   a ,  682   b ,  682   c ,  682   d ) to manage the respective text (e.g.,  642   b ). In some embodiments, the indication (e.g.,  684 ) concerning selecting text is displayed when the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) is displayed in an active state (e.g.,  680  as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F ) and the indication (e.g.,  684 ) concerning selecting text is not displayed when the first user interface object is displayed in an inactive state (e.g.,  680  as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 G ). Displaying an indication concerning how to select text that is included in the representation of media provides the user with visual feedback regarding the steps required to select text that the user wishes to select. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, before detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ), the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media is displayed with a first appearance (e.g.,  630  in  FIG.  6 E ) (e.g., with a first blur value, a first dim value). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with the determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ), the computer system displays the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media with a second appearance (e.g.,  630  in  FIG.  6 F ) (e.g., with a second blur value, a second dim value) that is different from the first appearance (e.g.,  630  in  FIG.  6 E ) (e.g., while text is selected (e.g., in response to detecting the second input)). In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the representation of media with the second appearance that is different from the first appearance, the computer system blurs and/or dims at least a portion of the representation of media. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input directed to the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the media capture affordance, the computer system displays the representation of media with a third appearance that is different from the second appearance. In some embodiments, the third appearance is the first appearance. In some embodiments, the third appearance (e.g., black, a solid color) is different from the first appearance (e.g., blurred version of a field-of-view of the one or more cameras). In some embodiments, the representation of media with the third appearance is displayed for a predetermined period of time (e.g., less than one second) that is not based on whether the first user interface object is displayed in the active state. In some embodiments, the representation of media with the second appearance is displayed when the first user interface object is displayed in the active state and not displayed when the first user interface object is displayed in the inactive state. In some embodiments, the representation of media with the first appearance is not displayed when the first user interface object is displayed in the active state and displayed when the first user interface object is displayed in the inactive state. Displaying the representation of media with a second appearance that is different from the first appearance of the representation in response to detecting the first input provides the user with visual feedback with respect to whether text has been selected by the user by de-emphasizing less relevant portions of the representation of the media. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g., where the respective text is displayed when the representation of media is displayed). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the respective set of criteria is satisfied, the computer system emphasizes (e.g., highlighting, displaying an object (e.g., a shape, brackets (e.g., yellow brackets) around), underlining, enlarging) second one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the respective set of criteria is satisfied, the computer system emphasizes the second one or more portions of the respective text without emphasizing another portion of the respective text and/or another portion of the representation of media that does not include the second or more portions of the respective text. Emphasizing second one or more portions of respective text provides the user with improved visual feedback regarding whether a particular portion of the respective text that is included in the media satisfies the respective set of criteria. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of emphasizing the second one or more portions of the respective text, the computer system displays an indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   c ,  736   d ) that respective text has been detected. In some embodiments, while the second one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) is emphasized, the computer system receives a request to display a second representation (e.g.,  630  in  FIG.  6 F ) of media (e.g., the same or different media than the media represented by the representation of media). In some embodiments, the request to display the second representation of media is detected when one or more changes in the field-of-view of one or more cameras that is in communication with the computer system are detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the second representation of media is detected when a request to zoom the representation of media out/in and/or pan the representation of media is detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the second representation of media is detected when the computer system is moved. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to display the second representation (e.g.,  630  in  FIG.  6 F ) of media (e.g., that includes a portion of the respective text and/or second respective text that is different from the respective text), the computer system translates (e.g., moves) the indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   c ,  736   d ) that respective text has been detected from a first position in the camera user interface to a second position in the camera user interface. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to display the second representation of media, the indication that respective text has been selected is modified to surround a different portion of the text than it surrounded before the request to display the second representation of media was received. Translating the indication that the respective text has been detected from a first position in the camera user interface to a second position in the camera user interface in response to receiving the request to display the second representation of media allows the user to maintain their view of the indication while the system is moved between a first position and a second position. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) and in accordance with a determination (e.g., a first determination) that the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) (and/or while the first user interface object is displayed as being in an active state and/or while displaying a plurality of options to manage the respective text), the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) and an indication that a third one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) is selected. In some embodiments, the computer system receives a request to display a third representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (e.g., the same or different media than the media represented by the representation of media). In some embodiments, the request to display the third representation of media is detected when one or more changes in the field-of-view of one or more cameras that is in communication with the computer system are detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the third representation of media is detected when a request to zoom the representation of media out/in and/or pan the representation of media is detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the third representation of media is detected when the computer system is moved. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g.,  650   c ,  650   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ) to display the third representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media, the computer system displays an indication that at least a portion of text included in the third representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media is selected, wherein the indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   c ,  736   d ) that at least the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the third representation of media is selected is different from the indication that the third one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) is selected. In some embodiments, the portion of text included in the third representation of media includes at least a portion of the text in the third one or more portions of the text. Displaying an indication that at least a portion of text included in the third representation of media is selected in response to receiving the request to display the third representation provides the user with an additional and efficient manner to control which portions of text are selected without cluttering the user interface. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) and in accordance with a determination (e.g., a first determination) that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object (and/or while the first user interface object is displayed as being in an active state and/or while displaying a plurality of options to manage the respective text), the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes the respective text (e.g.,  642   b ), an indication that a fourth one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   b ) is selected, and the fourth one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   b ) is displayed at a third position in the camera user interface (and/or on a display). In some embodiments, the computer system detects a change in a physical environment that is within a field of view of one or more cameras in communication with the computer system. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the change (e.g.,  660   a ,  660   b ) in the physical environment that is within the field of view of the one or more cameras, the computer system continues to display the fourth one or more portions of the respective text (e.g.,  642   b ) at the third position in the camera user interface (and/or on a display). In some embodiments, the selected text is frozen. In some embodiments, at least a portion of a fourth representation of media is displayed (e.g., newly displayed in response to detecting the change in the physical environment) while maintaining display of the fourth one or more portions of the respective text). In some embodiments, the computer system freezes the selected text (e.g., and/or displays the selected text in the same location and/or at the same size) while updating the representation of the media (e.g., live preview) to reflect changes in the physical environment. Continuing to display the fourth one or more portions of the respective text at the third position in the camera user interface allows the user to maintain a view of text that has been selected by the user while the system is moved between a first point and a second point. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently 
     In some embodiments, before detecting the first input (e.g.,  650   e ,  650   g ,  650   u ) that is directed to the camera user interface: the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) is in communication with one or more cameras; and the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media is a representation (e.g.,  630 ) (e.g., a live camera preview) of one or more objects in a physical environment (e.g., physical space) in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, receiving the request to display a fourth representation of media (e.g., a representation of an updated field-of-view of the camera) includes detecting a change in the field-of-view of the camera. In some embodiments, the fourth representation of media includes the change in the field-of-view of the camera. In some embodiments, when one or more objects within the field-of-view (e.g., non-textual objects) are moving, the representation of media is updated to show that one or more objects are moving. In some embodiments, the representation of media is a live representation of the field-of-view of the camera. Displaying the representation of media that a representation (e.g., a live camera preview) of one or more objects in the physical space in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras provides the user with greater control over the computer system (e.g., changing the field-of-view of the camera of the system) to determine whether one or more objects in the physical space can be captured without cluttering the user interface. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media is a first representation of media. In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface object, the computer system detects a request (e.g.,  750   k ) to display a fifth representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (e.g., the same or different media than the media represented by the first representation of media). In some embodiments, the request to display the fifth representation of media is detected when one or more changes in the field-of-view of one or more cameras that is in communication with the computer system are detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the fifth representation of media is detected when a request to zoom the representation of media out/in and/or pan the representation of media is detected. In some embodiments, the request to display the fifth representation of media is detected when the computer system is moved. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request (e.g.,  750   k ) to display the fifth representation of media and in accordance with a determination that the respective set of criteria are not satisfied (e.g., respective text is not detected in the fifth representation of media or respective text is detected but is not sufficiently prominent), the computer system ceases to display the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to display the fifth representation of media and in accordance with a determination that respective text is detected in the fifth representation of media, the computer system continues to display the first user interface object. Ceasing to display the first user interface object when certain prescribed conditions are met (e.g., in response to detecting a request to display the fifth representation of media and in accordance with a determination that the respective set of criteria are not satisfied) automatically provides the user that an indication of whether the representation of media does not contain text that has been detected by the computer system. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the respective criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that the respective text satisfies predetermined prominence criteria (e.g., the text is at a size or in a location in the representation of media that indicates that the text is important and/or relevant) (e.g., based on the context of the representation of media (e.g., important/relevant based on the context of the image), based on the respective text taking up a certain amount of space on the displayed the representation of media, when the respective text is in a particular location (e.g., middle) on the displayed representation of media, based on the respective text being of a particular type of text (e.g., e-mail, phone number, QR code, uniform access code location, etc.)) (e.g., determined to be relevant based on one or more techniques as described below in relation to  FIGS.  7 C,  7 E- 7 J  and  FIG.  9   ) (e.g., show first user interface object when respective text is on a sign, do not show first user object when detected is on clothing) (e.g., prominent/salient with respect how the respective text is displayed). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media (and, in some embodiments, after detecting an input that corresponds to selection of the first user interface object and/or while the first user interface object is displayed as being in an active state and/or while displaying a plurality of options to manage the respective text) and in accordance with a determination that the respective text (e.g.,  642   a - 642   b ) includes a portion of text that is determined to be a respective type (e.g., a phone number, an e-mail) of text (e.g., based on one or more regular expression patterns that correspond to different types of text), the computer system displays an indication (e.g.,  638   a - 638   b ) (e.g., an indication of a data detector) that the respective type of text has been detected. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the indication that the respective type of text has been detected, the computer system emphasizes (e.g., highlights, underlines, brackets) the portion of text. In some embodiments, the indication that the respective type of text has been detected is displayed adjacent to, around, etc. the portion of text that is of the respective type of text. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective text does not include a portion of text that is of a respective type (e.g., a phone number, an e-mail) of text, the computer system does not display (e.g., forgoes displaying) the indication that the respective type of text has been detected. Displaying an indication that a respective type of text has been detected in a representation of media provides the user with visual feedback with respect to whether the representation of media includes a certain type of text. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of options to manage the respective text (e.g.,  680 ), the computer system receives a third input (e.g.,  650   h ) (e.g., a tap input) directed to a portion of the camera user interface that does not include the respective text (e.g., a dimmed or otherwise obscured portion of the representation of media (e.g., a portion of the representation of media that does not include text) (and/or a dimmed portion of the camera user interface)). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third input (e.g.,  650   h ), the computer system ceases to display the plurality of options to manage the respective text (e.g.,  680 ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the third input, one or more interface objects (e.g., the media capture affordance, camera setting affordance(s), camera mode affordance(s)) are displayed (e.g., re-displayed) and/or are displayed as being active (e.g., not dimmed) (e.g., responsive to user input on the respective object) in the camera user interface. Ceasing to display the plurality of options to manage respective text in response to receiving an input directed to a portion of the camera user interface provides the user with more control over the system without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media and the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) (e.g., before displaying the first user interface object) and in accordance with a determination that the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes a first machine-readable code (e.g., a linear barcode, a matrix barcode, or a QR code), the computer system: displays the first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ); and displays a representation (e.g.,  668 ) of a uniform resource locator that corresponds to the first machine-readable code. Displaying the first user interface object and displaying the representation of the uniform resource location improves security by informing of the location of a resource corresponding to the QR code before the user provides an input to navigate to the resource. Providing improved security reduces the unauthorized performance of secure operations which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more securely and efficiently. Displaying the first user interface object and displaying the representation of the uniform resource location when certain prescribed conditions are met (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the representation of media includes a machine-readable code) informs the user of the resource that is associated with the machine-readable code prior to the user selecting the machine-readable code and provides the user with uniform resource locator that corresponds to the first machine-readable code. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input (e.g.,  650   u ) corresponds to selection of the first user interface object while the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media includes a second machine-readable code (and while the machine-readable code is selected), the plurality of options (e.g.,  672 ) to manage the respective text includes one or more options to manage information (e.g., uniform resource location) corresponding to the second machine-readable code. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface object while the representation of media does not include a machine-readable code (and/or while the machine-readable code is not selected), the plurality of options to manage the respective text does not include one or more options to manage information. In some embodiments, one or more of the plurality of options to manage the respective text that are displayed when a machine-readable code is selected is different from one or more options to manage the respective text that are displayed when the text is selected that does not include a machine-readable code. Including in the plurality of options one or more options to manage information corresponding to the machine-readable code in accordance with a determination that the first input corresponds to selection of the first user interface provides the user with more control options (e.g., additional text management options) without cluttering the user interface. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the camera user interface includes a plurality of camera setting affordances (e.g.,  620   a - 620   e ) that are selectable to change settings of one or more cameras (e.g., flash affordance, timer affordance, filter effects affordance, f-stop affordance, aspect ratio affordance, live photo affordance, etc.) (e.g., a plurality of user interface objects for accessing a respective camera setting). In some embodiments, the camera user interface includes a plurality of camera mode affordances (e.g.,  620 ) (e.g., a plurality of user interface objects for setting a respective camera mode). In some embodiments, the plurality of camera setting affordances (e.g.,  602   a ,  602   b ) is displayed concurrently with the media capture affordance (e.g.,  610 ) and/or the plurality of camera mode affordances (e.g.,  620 ). In some embodiments, each camera mode (e.g., video (e.g.,  620   b ), photo (e.g.,  620   c ), portrait (e.g.,  620   d ), slow-motion (e.g.,  620   a ), panoramic (e.g.,  620   e ) modes) (e.g.,  620 ) has a plurality of settings (e.g., for a portrait camera mode: a studio lighting setting, a contour lighting setting, a stage lighting setting) with multiple values (e.g., levels of light for each setting) of the mode (e.g., portrait mode) that a camera (e.g., a camera sensor) is operating in to capture media (including post-processing performed automatically after capture). In this way, for example, camera modes are different from modes that do not affect how the camera operates when capturing media or do not include a plurality of settings (e.g., a flash mode having one setting with multiple values (e.g., inactive, active, auto). In some embodiments, camera modes allow user to capture different types of media (e.g., photos or video) and the settings for each mode can be optimized to capture a particular type of media corresponding to a particular mode (e.g., via post-processing) that has specific properties (e.g., shape (e.g., square, rectangle), speed (e.g., slow motion, time elapse), audio, video). For example, when the computer system is configured to operate in a still photo mode, the one or more cameras of the computer system, when activated, captures media of a first type (e.g., rectangular photos) with particular settings (e.g., flash setting, one or more filter settings); when the computer system is configured to operate in a square mode, the one or more cameras of the computer system, when activated, captures media of a second type (e.g., square photos) with particular settings (e.g., flash setting and one or more filters); when the computer system is configured to operate in a slow motion mode, the one or more cameras of the computer system, when activated, captures media that media of a third type (e.g., slow motion videos) with particular settings (e.g., flash setting, frames per second capture speed); when the computer system is configured to operate in a portrait mode, the one or more cameras of the computer system captures media of a fifth type (e.g., portrait photos (e.g., photos with artificially blurred backgrounds)) with particular settings (e.g., amount of a particular type of light (e.g., stage light, studio light, contour light), f-stop, blur); when the computer system is configured to operate in a panoramic mode, the one or more cameras of the computer system captures media of a fourth type (e.g., panoramic photos (e.g., wide photos) with particular settings (e.g., zoom, amount of field to view to capture with movement). In some embodiments, when switching between modes, the display of the representation of the field-of-view changes to correspond to the type of media that will be captured by the mode (e.g., the representation is rectangular while the computer system is operating in a still photo mode and the representation is square while the computer system is operating in a square mode).). Displaying a camera user interface that includes a plurality of camera setting affordances that are selectable to change settings of one or more cameras provides the user with the ability to adjust a plurality of camera settings without having to navigate to various different user interfaces. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the camera user interface includes an affordance (e.g.,  612 ) that, when selected, causes one or more previously captured representations (e.g.,  712 ) of media to be displayed (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A and  7 A ). In some embodiments, the affordance includes a representation of previously captured media. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the affordance (e.g.,  612 ), displays representations (e.g.,  712 ) of media that are in the media library associated with the computer system (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A and  7 A ). Displaying a camera user interface that includes an affordance on the camera user interface provides the user with quick access to previously captured media item. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the respective text includes a phone number (e.g., that is detected in the respective text) and, in response to detecting input directed to the phone number, the computer system initiates a phone call to the phone number. In some embodiments, the respective text includes an e-mail address. In some embodiments, in response to detecting input directed to the e-mail address, the computer system launches (e.g., or opens) an e-mail application that includes the e-mail address (e.g., include the email address in the “to” field) and/or automatically sends an e-mail to the e-mail address. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  800  (e.g.,  FIG.  8   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  800  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 ,  1500 , and  1700 . For example, the one or more indications of detected features, as described in method  1100  (e.g.,  FIG.  11   ), can be displayed in the previously captured media item to identify features present in previously captured media item. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  800  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  800  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z and  7 A- 7 L , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
       FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing visual indicators for visual content in media, in accordance with some embodiments. Method  900  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ) that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  900  provides an intuitive way for managing visual indicators for visual content in media. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing visual indicators for visual content in media, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage visual indicators for visual content in media faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     Method  900  is performed at a computer system (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). 
     The computer system displays ( 902 ), via the display generation component, a first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B ) (e.g., image or video) of a previously captured media item (e.g., photo media video media) (e.g., photo media or video media that was previously captured by receiving an input directed to a selectable user interface object for capturing media) (e.g., photo media or video media that is available for later use, editing, and/or viewing by a user) (e.g., a representation (e.g., a first portion of the previously captured media item) of the previously captured media item at a first zoom level). In some embodiments, the first representation of previously captured media was displayed in response to receiving an input on a thumbnail representation of the previously captured media (and/or by receiving an input (e.g., swipe gesture) directed to a representation of a different previously captured media.). 
     While displaying the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system detects ( 904 ), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   k ) (e.g., a multi-finger pinch gesture, a multi-finger de-pinch gesture, a tap gesture, a directional swipe gesture, a movement of the computer system, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture) that corresponds to a request to display a second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) (e.g., image or video) of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item is a request to zoom in/out (e.g., zoom in/out the first retransition). In some embodiments, the second representation is a zoomed in/out version of the first representation. In some embodiments, the request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item is a request to pan (e.g., pan (e.g., translate in a direction (left/right/up/down) the first representation). In some embodiments, the second representation includes or does not include additional content that was not included in the first representation. In some embodiments, displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item includes displaying content of the previously captured media item that was not included in the first representation and displaying content of the previously captured media item that was included in the first representation. 
     In response to detecting the input (e.g.,  750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   k ) that corresponds to a request to display a second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays ( 906 ), via the display generation component, the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) (e.g., a representation (e.g., the first portion of the previously captured media item or a second portion of the previously captured media item) of the previously captured media item at a second zoom level, different from the first zoom level) of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the second representation of the previously captured media item is displayed without detecting an input. 
     While ( 908 ) displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that (a display of) a portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g., a portion of the text, one or more characters included in the second representation of the previously captured media) (e.g., displayed text) included in (e.g., displayed in) the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item satisfies a respective set of criteria (e.g., text is sufficiently prominent (e.g., the text takes up a certain percentage of the previously captured media item) (e.g., the text is relevant (e.g., relevant to the content of the previously captured media item (e.g., within and/or above a certain confidence threshold)) with respect to the content of the previously captured media item), the computer system displays (e.g.,  910 ) (e.g., concurrently with the second representation of the previously captured media item), via the display generation component, a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  736   a ) corresponding to the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) that was not displayed when the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) of the previously captured media item was displayed (e.g., a visual to emphasize the detected text (e.g., highlight, bracket, change the size/color/shape of the text)) that is depicted in the representation of the previously captured media item, a bracket (e.g., a closed bracket, an open bracket) around text). In some embodiments, multiple visual indications (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) are displayed for multiple instances of text being sufficiently prominent (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 C- 6 D ). In some embodiments, the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is not displayed while the first representation of the previously captured media item (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIGS.  7 B- 7 D )) is displayed. In some embodiments, the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is not displayed while the first representation of the previously captured media item (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIGS.  7 B- 7 D )) is displayed, and the first representation (e.g.,  742   a ) of the previously captured media item contains the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ). In some embodiments, the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is not displayed while the first representation of the previously captured media item is displayed, and the first representation (e.g.,  724   a ) of the previously captured media item does not contain the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 C ). In some embodiments, the first representation contains the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) and contains a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) that corresponds to the portion of text because the portion of text satisfies the respective criteria (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  7 D- 7 F ). In some embodiments, the portion of text in the first representation of the previously captured media item does not meet the respective set of criteria, and the visual indication is not displayed (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  7 A- 7 C ). In some embodiments, the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is displayed while the first representation (e.g.,  724   a ) of the previously captured media item is displayed, but the visual indication ceases to be displayed after the input (e.g.,  750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   k ) is detected (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  7 K- 7 L ). In some embodiments, the first representation (e.gl,  724   a ) of the previously captured media item contains a portion (of text and contains a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) that corresponds to the portion (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ,  742 ) of text, and the second representation (e.g.,  724   a ) of the previously captured media item contains the same portion (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ,  742 ) of text and contains the same visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) that corresponds to the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ). In some embodiments, a visual indication is displayed in the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) of the previously captured media item that corresponds to the portion of text, and the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is displayed in the second representation of the previously captured media item and corresponds to a first portion (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  7 H ) (e.g., less than the entirety of the portion of text displayed in the first representation) of the portion of text that is displayed in the first representation. In some embodiments, a first visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is displayed in the first representation (e.g.,  724   a ) of the previously captured media item (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) that corresponds to the portion of text, and a second visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c - 736   e ) is displayed in the second representation of the previously captured media item (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) and corresponds to different a different portion of the text (e.g., portion of text that was not displayed in the first representation) (e.g., portion of text that was displayed in the first representation but was not associated with the visual indication) (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  7 E- 7 F ). In some embodiments, the visual indication is displayed in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  of  FIG.  7 E ) of the previously captured media item but not the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  of  FIG.  7 D ) of the previously captured media item. Automatically displaying a visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text in the second representation when prescribed conditions are satisfied, indicates to the user that the portion of the text in the second representation has been detected. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying the second representation that includes the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text in the second representation provides a user with visual feedback that the detected text could be relevant. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item (and, in some embodiments, after ceasing to display the first representation of the previously captured media item) and in accordance with a determination that the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the second representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, forgoing displaying the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system displays the second representation of the previously captured media item without a respective visual indication displayed (e.g., on the second representation of the previously captured media item) that corresponds to any portion of text in the previously captured media item. Automatically forgoing displaying the visual indication when a set of prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria) automatically provides the user with the ability to determine that the respective representation does not contain text that satisfies the one or more criteria. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 D )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   j ,  750   k ) (e.g., a pinch gesture, a de-pinch gesture, a directional swipe gesture,) that corresponds to a request to display a third representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-pinch gesture, non-de-pinch gesture, and/or a non-directional swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  750   e ,  7500  that corresponds to the request to display the third representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the third representation of the previously captured media item (e.g., a representation of the previously captured media item at a different zoom level (e.g., greater than or less than) than the zoom level of the previous representation of the previously captured media item) (e. a representation of the previously captured media that has a different amount of pan than the previous representation of the previously captured media item). In some embodiments, while displaying the third representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that a portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the third representation of the previously captured media item satisfies the respective set of criteria, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ) corresponding to the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the third representation (e.g., that was not displayed when the first representation of the previously captured media item was displayed and/or that was not displayed when the second representation of the previously captured media item was displayed). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the portion of text included in the third representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system does not display the visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation while displaying the third representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the portion of text included in the third representation includes (or is) the same text that is included in the second representation. In some embodiments, the portion of text included in the third representation has different characteristics (e.g., a different size, shape, font) than the portion of text included in the second representation. Automatically displaying a visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text included in the third representation when prescribed conditions are satisfied, automatically indicates to the user that the third representation includes a portion of text that could be relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying the third representation that includes the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text in the third representation provides a user with visual feedback that the detected text could be relevant. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 A )) of the previously captured media item is a representation of the media item displayed at a first zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) and the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) of the previously captured media item is a representation of the media item displayed at a second zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) that is different from the first zoom level. In some embodiments, the second zoom level is greater than (or less than) the first zoom level. In some embodiments, when the first representation of the previously captured media item is the representation of the media item displayed at a first zoom level and the second representation of the previously captured media item is the representation of the media item displayed at the second zoom level, the first input includes or is a pinch/de-pinch gesture. In some embodiments, the difference between the first zoom level and the second zoom level is based on the magnitude of the pinch/de-pinch gesture. Displaying the second representation that includes the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text in the second representation after the zoom level of the representation has changed provides a user with visual feedback that the detected text could be relevant in the changed representation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 G )) of the previously captured media item is a representation of the media item displayed with a first amount of translation (e.g., the amount of translation shown in  FIG.  7 G ) (e.g., media item is displayed at a first position at a particular location on the display) (e.g., a zero and/or a non-zero amount of translation) (e.g., relative to a respective position in the media item) and the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 H )) of the previously captured media item is a representation of the media item displayed with a second amount of translation (e.g., the amount of translation shown in  FIG.  7 H ) (e.g., media item is displayed at a second position that is different from the first position at the particular location on the display) (e.g., a zero and/or a non-zero amount of translation) (e.g., relative to the respective position in the media item) that is different from the first amount of translation. In some embodiments, when the first representation of the previously captured media item is the representation of the media item displayed with the first amount of translation and the second representation of the previously captured media is the representation of the media item displayed with the second amount of translation that is different from the first amount, the first that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item includes or is a swipe gesture. In some embodiments, the difference between the first translation amount and the second translation amount is based on the magnitude of the swipe gesture. Displaying the second representation that includes the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text in the second representation after the representation has been translated provides a user with visual feedback that the detected text could be relevant in the changed representation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 B )) of the previously captured media item includes the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ). In some embodiments, the portion of text included (e.g., displayed) in the first representation does not satisfy the respective set of criteria (e.g., because the portion of text included in the first representation is smaller than a threshold size and/or has a prominence that is below a prominence threshold). Automatically choosing to display the visual indication based on the text that was included in the first representation and the second representation provides the user with visual feedback that the text could be relevant in the second representation and not in the first representation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the input ( 750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   j ,  750   k ) that corresponds to the request to display the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item is an input that is detected on (e.g., at a single location on the display generation component) (e.g., at multiple locations on the display generation component) the display generation component. Detecting the input that corresponds to the request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item on the display generation component provides additional control over the computer system by allowing the user to perform the input to display the representation on the display generation component. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 H )) of the previously captured media item is displayed at a third zoom level. In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item at the third zoom level, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   k ) (e.g., a pinch gesture or a de-pinch gesture) that corresponds to a request to change the zoom level of the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-pinch gesture, non-de-pinch gesture, and/or a non-directional swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to change the zoom level of the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a fourth representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 L )) of the previously captured media item at a fourth zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) that is different (e.g., greater than or less than) from the third zoom level. In some embodiments, the fourth representation includes or does not include additional content that was not included in the second representation. In some embodiments, displaying the fourth representation of the previously captured media item includes displaying content of the previously captured media item that was not included in the second representation and displaying content of the previously captured media item that was included in the second representation. In some embodiments, while displaying the fourth representation of the previously captured media item at the fourth zoom level and in accordance with a determination that a first portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (a portion of text that corresponds to the portion of text, a subset of the portion of text, and/or a portion of text that is a superset of the portion of text) included in the fourth representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying the visual indication. In some embodiments, the first portion of text satisfies the respective set of criteria in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the first portion of text includes text that was not included. Forgoing displaying the visual indication when prescribed conditions are met automatically provides the user with an indication that the input to zoom the representation has changed the representation such that the visual indication is not relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 G )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   g ) (e.g., a horizontal or vertical swipe) (e.g., an input that is detected on the display generation component) that corresponds to a request to translate (e.g., and/or pan) the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-horizontal swipe, and/or a non-vertical swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to translate the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays a fifth representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 H )) of the previously captured media item that includes a portion (e.g., the ‘LO’ in LOST in  FIG.  7 H ) of the media item that was not included in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the fifth representation of the previously captured media item includes a portion of the media item that was included in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the fifth representation of the previously captured media item does not include a portion of the media item that was included in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, while displaying the fifth representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that a second portion of text (e.g., the “1” from the phone number in  FIG.  7 H ) (e.g., a portion of text that corresponds to the portion of text and/or a subset of the portion of text and/or different text than the portion of text) (e.g., text that was not included (e.g., displayed) in the second representation) (e.g., text that was included (e.g., displayed) in the second representation) included in (e.g., displayed) the fifth representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying the visual indication. Forgoing displaying the visual indication when prescribed conditions are met automatically provides the user with an indication that the input to pan the representation has changed the representation such that the visual indication is not relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system detects, via the one or more inputs devices, an input (e.g.,  750   c ) (e.g., a single-tap gesture, and/or a double-tap gesture) that is a different type of input (e.g., different intensity, different number of inputs, detected at different locations on the display generation component), than the input (e.g.,  750   b ) that corresponds to a request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input that is a different type of input than the input that corresponds to a request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that is a different type of input than the input that corresponds to a request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system forgoes displaying the visual indication (e.g., irrespective of whether a portion of text included in the displayed representation (e.g., second representation and/or a representation displayed after receiving the input that is a different type of input than the input that corresponds to a request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item) of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria). In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item and displaying the visual indication, the computer system detects, via the one or more inputs devices, the fifth input and, in response to detecting the input that is a different type of input than the input that corresponds to a request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item, ceases to display the visual indication. Forgoing displaying the visual indication in response to detecting the input provides the user with more control over the computer system by allowing the user the ability to control when the visual indication is displayed without cluttering the UI. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the respective set of criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when a determination is made that an amount of prominence of a respective portion (e.g., the first portion) of text included in a respective representation (e.g., second representation of the previously captured media item) of a respective previously captured media item (e.g., the previously captured media item) is above a prominence threshold (e.g., the amount of prominence associated with text portion  642   a  in  FIG.  7 E ) (e.g., a threshold corresponding to one or more of a determined size, location, importance of displayed text) (e.g., a non-zero threshold). 
     In some embodiments, the amount of prominence being above the prominence threshold is based on (e.g., at least based on) the respective portion of text occupying more than a threshold amount (e.g., 20-100%) of the respective representation (e.g., the amount of space text portion  642   a  takes up in  724   a  in  7 K). In some embodiments, the amount of prominence is directly proportional to the amount of the respective representation that the respective portion of text occupies. 
     In some embodiments, the amount of prominence being above the prominence threshold is based on (e.g., at least based on) the respective portion of text (e.g., text portion  642   a  in  FIG.  7 E ) being displayed at a particular location (e.g., in the middle) (and/or in a particular portion (e.g., a central portion)) in the respective representation. In some embodiments, the amount of prominence is indirectly portioned to the distance between the respective portions of the text to the particular location. 
     In some embodiments, the amount of prominence being above the prominence threshold is based on the respective portion of text (e.g., the phone number that is included in text portion  642   b  in  FIG.  7 G ) being a particular type (e.g., an e-mail, phone number, address, QR code, etc.) of text. 
     In some embodiments, the amount of prominence being above the prominence threshold is based on a relevance score (e.g., a non-zero amount) of the portion of text (e.g., text portions  642   a  and  642   b  in  FIG.  7 F  in relation to the content (as discussed above in reference to text portion  742 ) (e.g., text content, visual content) of the respective previously captured media item satisfying a relevance score threshold (e.g., a non-zero amount) (e.g., the text on shirt is not relevant while text on the sign is relevant based on the context of an image). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a  as displayed in  FIG.  7 E ) (e.g., the portion of text, a subset of the portion of text) included in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item satisfies the respective set of criteria, the computer system displays a first user interface object (e.g.,  680 ) corresponding to one or more text management operations (e.g., a selectable user interface object) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  and  FIG.  8   ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a  or  642   b  in  FIG.  7 C ) included in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 C )) of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying the first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations. Automatically displaying a first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations when prescribed conditions are met automatically indicates to the user when a user interface object corresponding to one or more text management options is relevant to the displayed text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 K )) of the previously captured media item and displaying the first user interface object ( 680 ) corresponding to one or more text management options, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input ( 750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   g ,  750   k ) (e.g., a directional swipe) corresponding to a request to change (e.g., pan away from, change size of) the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-directional swipe (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to change the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays a twelfth representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 L )) of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the twelfth representation includes or does not include additional content that was not included in the second representation. In some embodiment, displaying the twelfth representation of the previously captured media item includes displaying content of the previously captured media item that was not included in the second representation and displaying content of the previously captured media item that was included in the second representation. In some embodiments, while displaying the twelfth representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that a respective portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b  in  FIG.  7 L ) (e.g., text that corresponds to the portion of text, text that is a subset of the portion of text and/or text that is a subset of the portion of text) included in the twelfth representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying the first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations. Automatically forgoing displaying the first user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations when prescribed conditions are met automatically indicates to the user that the user interface object corresponding to one or more text management options is relevant to the displayed text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second representation of the previously captured media item is displayed at a fifth zoom level. In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item at the fifth zoom level and the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ), the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ,  750   k ) (e.g., a de-pinch gesture) that corresponds to a request to zoom in on the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-de-pinch gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, the input that corresponds to a request to zoom in on the second representation of the previously captured media item is the same type of input as the input that corresponds to a request to display a second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to zoom in on the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a seventh representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 F )) of the previously captured media item at a sixth zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) that is greater (e.g., larger) than the fifth zoom level, wherein the seventh representation of the previously captured media item includes a second portion of text (e.g.,  642   b ) included in the second representation of the previously captured media item that is different from (e.g., the second portion of text includes words and numbers that are not included in the first portion of text, the second portion of text is displayed at a different location than the first portion of text, the second portion of text is displayed in a different orientation than the first portion of text) the portion of text included in the second representation. In some embodiments, the second portion of text includes a first subset of the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item and does not include a second subset of the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, while displaying the seventh representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that the second portion of text satisfies the respective criteria, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ) corresponding to the second portion of text (e.g., a visual indication that emphasizes the detected text (e.g., highlight, bracket, change the size/color/shape of the text)) that is depicted in the previously captured media item, a bracket (e.g., a closed bracket, an open bracket) around text) (e.g., that was included in the second representation of the previously captured media item and that was included in the seventh representation of the previously captured media item) that is different from the visual indication corresponding to the portion of text (e.g., around a different portion of text, a different size, a different color, and/or displayed at a different location). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of text does not satisfy the respective criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying the visual indication corresponding to the second portion of text and the visual indication corresponding to the portion of text included in the second representation. Automatically displaying a visual indication corresponding to the second portion of text that is different from the visual indication corresponding to the portion of text provides the user with improved visual feedback that a portion of text that was determined to satisfy the criteria no longer satisfies the criteria (e.g., in response to the input being received). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second representation of the previously captured media is displayed at a seventh zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×). In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 K )) of the previously captured media item at the seventh zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) (e.g., and while displaying the visual indication), the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   k ) (e.g., a pinch gesture) that corresponds to a request to zoom out of the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the input is a non-pinch gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to zoom out of the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, an eighth representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 L )) of the previously captured media item at an eighth zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) that is less than the seventh zoom level. In some embodiments, the eighth representation includes or does not include additional content that was not included in the second representation. In some embodiments, displaying the eighth representation of the previously captured media item includes displaying content of the previously captured media item that was not included in the second representation and displaying content of the previously captured media item that was included in the second representation. In some embodiments, while displaying the eighth representation of the previously captured media item at the eighth zoom level (and while displaying the visual indication) and in accordance with a determination that a first respective portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) (e.g., no portion of text, a portion of text that corresponds to the portion of text) (e.g., a portion of text that is displayed in the eighth representation but not displayed in the second representation) (e.g., a portion of text that is displayed in the eight representation and the second representation) included in the eighth representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system ceases to display the visual indication. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination the respective portion of text included in the eighth representation of the previously captured media item does not satisfy the respective set of criteria, the computer system displays the visual indication (e.g., the visual indication is displayed as inactive). Ceasing to display the visual indication when prescribed conditions are satisfied automatically provides the user with an indication of whether a portion of text could be relevant based on the respective criteria. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ) surrounds (e.g., brackets) the portion of the text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )). In some embodiments, the visual indication only surrounds a corresponding portion of text that is sufficiently prominent/salient (e.g., the corresponding portion of text satisfies a saliency threshold). Surrounding the portion of text with the visual indication provides the user with feedback to identify a portion of text that could be relevant. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the location (e.g., a particular location on the display generation component) of the display of the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ) corresponds (e.g., the location of the display of the visual indicator is dependent upon the location of the display of the portion of text) with the location of the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )). Displaying the visual indication at a location that corresponds with the location of the portion of text provides the user with feedback regarding which portions of text that could be relevant. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second representation of the previously captured media item is displayed at a ninth zoom level (e.g.,  0 . 5 - 12   x ). In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item at the ninth zoom level and the visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ), the computer system detects, via one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ) (e.g., a de-pinch gesture) that corresponds to a request to zoom in on the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, the first input is a non-de-pinch input (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, the input is the same type of input as the input that corresponds to the request to display the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to a request to zoom in on the second representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a ninth representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 F )) of the previously captured media (e.g., a representation of the previously captured media item that includes a subset of content that was included in the second representation of the previously captured media item) item at a tenth zoom level (e.g., 0.5-12×) that is greater (e.g., larger than) than the ninth zoom level, wherein the ninth representation of the previously captured media item includes a respective portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) included in the second representation of the previously captured media that is different from (e.g., the second portion of text includes words and numbers that are not included in the first portion of text, the second portion of text is displayed at a different location than the first portion of text, the second portion of text is displayed at a different orientation that the first portion of text) the portion of text included in the second representation. In some embodiments, the second portion of text includes a first subset of the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item and does not include a second subset of the portion of text included in the second representation of the previously captured media item. In some embodiments, while displaying the ninth representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system ceases displaying the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text. In some embodiments, while displaying the ninth representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with a determination that the second respective portion of text satisfies the respective criteria, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a visual indication (e.g.,  636   a ,  636   b ,  736   a ,  736   c ,  736   d ) (e.g., a visual indication that emphasizes the detected text (e.g., highlight, bracket, change the size/color/shape of the text)) that is depicted in the previously captured media item, a bracket (e.g., a closed bracket, an open bracket) around text) (e.g., that is from the visual indication included in the second representation of the previously captured media item) corresponding to (e.g., surrounding) the second respective portion of text that is different (e.g., around a different portion of text, a different size, a different color, and/or displayed at a different location) from the visual indication corresponding to the portion of text. Ceasing displaying the visual indication that corresponds to the portion of text when prescribed conditions are met automatically provides an indication to the user that the previous input has changed the relevance of the portion of text. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, at least a first subset of the portion of text (e.g.,  642   a ,  642   b ) is selectable (e.g., a second portion of the portion of text is not selectable). Having at least a first subset of the portion of text be selectable provides the user with additional control by the computer system by allowing the user the ability to select at least a first subset of the portion of text without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second representation of the previously captured media item includes a third portion of text (e.g., a subset of the portion of text, a portion of text that is different from the portion of text (e.g., displayed in a different location and/or contains different characters than the portion of text) that is not selectable. In some embodiments, while displaying the second representation (e.g.,  724   a  (e.g.,  724   a  in  FIG.  7 E )) of the previously captured media item, the computer system detects, via one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  750   b ,  750   d ,  750   e ,  750   f ) (e.g., a de-pinch gesture and/or a directional swipe gesture) that corresponds to a request to display a tenth representation of the previously captured media item (e.g., a request to change the second representation of the previously captured media item) (e.g., a representation of the previously captured media item that includes a subset of the content of the second representation) (e.g., a representation of the previously captured media at a different (e.g., greater than or less than) zoom level than then zoom level of the second representation (e.g., a representation of the previously captured media item that has a different (e.g., greater or less than) amount of translation than the second representation. In some embodiments, the input is a non-de-pinch gesture and/or a non-directional swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or a tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to display the tenth representation of the previously captured media item, the computer system displays the tenth representation of the previously captured media item that includes the portion of the text, wherein the third portion of the text included in the tenth representation of the previously captured media item is selectable. In some embodiments, a visual indication that corresponds to the third portion of text is displayed in the tenth representation. Displaying the tenth representation that includes a portion of text that is selectable in response to a request to display the tenth representation provides the user with greater control over the computer system by giving the user the ability to enable the selection of text. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  900  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  900  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z and  7 A- 7 L , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  900  (e.g.,  FIG.  9   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  1100 ,  1300 ,  1500 , and  1700 . For example, the one or more indications of detected features, as described in method  1100 , can be displayed in the previously captured media item to identify features present in the previously captured media item. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 AD  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for inserting visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  11   . 
       FIG.  10 A  illustrates computer system  600  displaying e-mail user interface  1002  (e.g., that is used to facilitate the transmission of electronic mail between computer system  600  and an external computer system). E-mail user interface  1002  includes send control  1004 , e-mail address text entry region  1006 , supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008 , subject text entry region  1010 , message entry region  1012 , and cancel control  1034 . E-mail address text entry region  1006  and supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008  are configured to accept text that corresponds to one or more e-mail addresses. In some embodiments, e-mail address text entry region  1006  and supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008  do not accept text that does not identify a recipient with respect to a particular format (with an e-mail address and/or a phone number having a particular format). In some embodiments, one or more e-mail addresses can be entered in e-mail address text entry region  1006  and supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008 . In some embodiments, subject text entry region  1010  can accept plain text (e.g., text that is not of a particular format) to serve as a brief description for the subject of the e-mail message. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 B , cancel control  1034  and send control  1004  are displayed near the top of e-mail user interface  1002 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to cancel control  1034 , computer system  600  ceases display of e-mail user interface  1002  and re-displays an application that computer system  600  displayed immediately prior to displaying e-mail user interface  1002  (and/or displaying one or more hidden portions of an application that is concurrently displayed with e-mail user interface  1002 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to send control  1004 , computer system  600  initiates a process for sending the e-mail message to one or more computer systems (and/or mail servers) that are associated with one or more e-mail addresses that are displayed in e-mail address text entry region  1006  and/or supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008  (e.g., when the input directed to send control  1004  is received). At  FIG.  10 A , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   a  that corresponds to a selection of e-mail address text entry region  1006 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 B , in response to detecting tap input  1050   a , computer system  600  updates the display of e-mail user interface  1002  to include the display of text cursor  1018  within e-mail address text entry region  1006  and contact control  1020  (e.g., that, when selected, displays a user interface that provides the user with a list of contacts that are stored locally on computer system  600 ). As illustrated in  FIG.  10 B , in response to detecting tap input  1050   a , computer system  600  also displays virtual keyboard  1016  over a portion of message entry region  1012  (e.g., a portion of message entry region  1012  ceases to be displayed and another portion of message entry region  1012  remains displayed in response to detecting tap input  1050   a ). At  FIG.  10 B , computer system  600  displays text cursor  1018  to indicate that text that is selected via one or more inputs on virtual keyboard  1016  will be displayed in e-mail address text entry region  1006 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 B , virtual keyboard  1016  includes keyboard control region  1014  that includes insertion control  1014   a . Keyboard control region  1014  is displayed at the top of virtual keyboard  1016 . In some embodiments, keyboard control region  1014  is displayed at another position of virtual keyboard  1016  and/or e-mail user interface  1002 . In some embodiments, keyboard control region  1014  is not displayed when virtual keyboard  1016  is first displayed and, in response to detecting one or more inputs on virtual keyboard  1016 , keyboard control region  1014  is displayed concurrently with virtual keyboard  1016 . In some embodiments, in response to one or more inputs on virtual keyboard  1016 , keyboard control region  1014  ceases to be displayed while other portions of virtual keyboard  1016  (e.g., letters on virtual keyboard  1016 ) remain displayed. At  FIG.  10 B , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   b  that corresponds to selection of insertion control  1014   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , in response to detecting tap input  1050   b , computer system  600  replaces the display of virtual keyboard  1016  with the display of a camera user interface that includes live preview  1030  and insertion control  1022 . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , the camera user interface, displayed in response to detecting tap input  1050   b , is displayed concurrently with the upper portion of e-mail user interface  1002 . Live preview  1030  is a representation of the FOV. In some embodiments, live preview  1030  is displayed using one or more similar techniques as those discussed above in relation to the display of live preview  1030 . 
     Live preview  1030  depicts sign  1042 , which includes text portion  642   b  (e.g., paragraph of text that starts with “LOVEABLE”) and text portion  1026  (e.g., “FLUFFY”). At  FIG.  10 C , a determination is made that text portion  642   b  satisfies one or more criteria (e.g., visual prominence criteria as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M,  7 A- 7 L,  8   , and  9 ). As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , because text portion  642   b  satisfies a set of prominence criteria, that text portion  642   b  is visually emphasized (e.g., text portion  642   b  is enlarged, surrounded by a box, displayed with a corresponding pair of brackets, underlined, and/or as highlighted). In particular, at  FIG.  10 C , there are no boxes around text portion  642   b  on sign  1042 . However, at  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  displays text portion  642   b  with a box surrounding it (and/or visually emphases text portion  642   b ) because text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of prominence criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  displays a box surrounding text portion  1026  for similar reasons as those discussed above because text portion  1026  satisfies the set of prominence criteria. In some embodiments, no boxes are displayed around any text portion at  FIG.  10 C , irrespective of whether the text portion satisfies the set of prominence criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  displays text-type indication  638   a  underneath “123 MAIN STREET” in text portion  642   b  to indicate that an address has been detected and displays text-type indication  638   b  underneath “123-4567” in text portion  642   b  to indicate that a phone number has been detected (e.g., using one or more similar techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  maintains display of text cursor  1018  within e-mail address text entry region  1006 , which is associated with e-mail addresses. At  FIG.  10 C , a determination is made as to whether the text included in live preview  1030  includes an e-mail address because text cursor  1018  is within e-mail address text entry region  1006  (e.g., the computer system  600  has determined that a user is likely to want to type an e-mail address into e-mail address text entry region  1006 ). At  FIG.  10 C , a determination is made that the text displayed in live preview  1030  (e.g., text portions  642   b  and  1026 ) do not satisfy a set of text insertion criteria because the text displayed in live preview  1030  does not include an e-mail address. Because a determination is made that the text displayed in live preview  1030  does not satisfy the set of text insertion criteria, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  with a visual appearance (e.g., greyed out, dimmed, blurred out) that indicates that the insertion control  1022  is disabled (e.g., not selectable). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to insertion control  1022  of  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  does not perform a text insertion operation (and/or does not perform any operations and/or maintains display of the user interface that was previously displayed before the input was detected). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the text displayed in live preview  1030  does not satisfy the set of text insertion criteria, computer system  600  does not display insertion control  1022 . At  FIG.  10 C , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   c  in message entry region  1012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 D , in response to detecting tap input  1050   c , computer system  600  displays text cursor  1018  within message entry region  1012  and ceases to display text cursor  1018  in e-mail address text entry region  1006 . Message entry region  1012  is associated with a type of text (e.g., plain text, text having no particular type). At  FIG.  10 D , a determination is made that text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria and text portion  1026  does not satisfy the text insertion criterion. Notably, at  FIG.  10 D , text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria at least because message entry region  1012  does not accept a particular type of text that is not included in text portion  642   b  (e.g., as opposed to  FIG.  10 C  when text portion  642   b  did not satisfy the set of text insertion criteria because e-mail address text entry region  1006  only accepted particular types of text that were not included in text portion  642   b ). In some embodiments, the determination is made that text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria because text portion  642   b  satisfies a set of prominence criteria (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M,  7 A- 7 L,  8 , and  9   ). In some embodiments, the determination is made that text portion  1026  does not satisfy the set of text insertion criteria because text portion  1026  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M,  7 A- 7 L,  8 , and  9   ). In some embodiments, the determination is made that text portion  642   b  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria and text portion  1026  does not satisfy the text insertion criterion because text portion  642   b  is more visually prominent than text portion  1026  in  FIG.  10 D  (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M,  7 A- 7 L,  8 , and  9   ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 D , because a determination was made that a text portion (e.g.,  1042   b ) satisfies the set of text insertion criteria, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  as being activated (e.g., as selectable, no dimming and/or greying-out). At  FIG.  10 D , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   d  on insertion control  1022 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 E , in response to detecting tap input  1050   d , computer system  600  inserts text portion  642   b  into message entry region  1012 . Because a determination was made that text portion  642   b  satisfied the set of insertion criteria and text portion  1026  does not satisfy the set of insertion criteria, computer system  600  inserts text portion  642   b  into message entry region  1012  and does not insert text portion  1026  into message entry region  1012 . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 E , computer system  600  displays text cursor  1018  within message entry region  1012  at the end of the text that has been inserted into message entry region  1012 . The placement of text cursor  1018  indicates that any additional text will be inserted from the position of text cursor  1018  of  FIG.  10 E . At  FIG.  10 E , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  1050   e  on live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 F , in response to detecting de-pinch input  1050   e , computer system  600  updates live preview  1030  to reflect a change in zoom level, such live preview  1030  is displayed at a greater zoom level in  FIG.  10 F  than live preview  1030  of  FIG.  10 E . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 F , sign  1042  is enlarged when live preview  1030  is displayed at the greater zoom level. In particular, sign  1042  is enlarged such that a subset of text portion  642   b  has ceased to be displayed, and a subset of text portion  642   b  has continued to be displayed. At  FIG.  10 F , determinations are made text portion  642   b  displayed in  FIG.  10 F  does not satisfy a set of prominence criteria and text portion  1026  satisfies the set of prominence criteria. Thus, at  FIG.  10 F , computer system  600  de-emphasizes text portion  642   b  and emphasizes text portion  1026  because of these determinations (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M,  7 A- 7 L,  8 , and  9   ). At  FIG.  10 F , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   f  on insertion control  1022 . 
     At  FIG.  10 G , a determination is made that text portion  1026  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria and text portion  1026  does not satisfy the set of text insertion criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 G , in response to detecting tap input  1050   f , computer system  600  inserts text portion  1026  (and not text portion  642   b ) into message entry region  1012  because the determination was made that text portion  1026  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria and text portion  1026  does not satisfy the text of satisfies the set of text insertion criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 G , text portion  1026  is inserted (e.g., “Fluffy”) beneath the text that was previously inserted into message entry region  1012 . In some embodiments, text portion  1026  is inserted on the same line as text that was previously inserted into message entry region. At  FIG.  10 G , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   g  on text portion  1026 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 H , in response to detecting tap input  1050   g , computer system  600  dims (e.g., and/or blurs) one or more portions of live preview  1030 , except for text portion  1026 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not respond to inputs that correspond to a selection of any portion of live preview  1030  that is dimmed. In some embodiments, computer system  600  reduces the saturation of the one or more portions of live preview  1030  and maintains the saturation of text portion  1026  (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 D ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 H , computer system  600  increases the size of the display of text portion  1026  (e.g., in comparison to the size of the display of text portion  1026  of  FIG.  10 G ) to indicate that text portion  1026  is selected (and that other dimmed text portions displayed in live preview  1030  are not selected). At  FIG.  10 H , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   h   1  on text portion  1026  and tap input  1050   h   2  on exit control  1066 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 I , in response to detecting tap input  1050   h   1 , computer system  600  inserts text portion  1026  into message entry region  1012  (e.g., starting at the position of text cursor  1018  of  FIG.  10 H ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 I , in response to detecting tap input  1050   h   2 , computer system  600  ceases to display the camera user interface (e.g., live preview  1030  and insertion control  1022 ) and re-displays the virtual keyboard  1016 . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 I , virtual keyboard  1016  includes keyboard control region  1014 . Keyboard control region  1014  of  FIG.  10 I  is different from keyboard control region  1014  of  FIG.  10 B  because the keyboard control region  1014  is context-specific. That is, the controls displayed in keyboard control region  1014  are included based on the field that text cursor  1018  is currently position within while keyboard control region  1014  is displayed. For example, because text cursor  1018  is displayed within e-mail address text entry region  1006  at  FIG.  10 B , computer system  600  displays keyboard control region  1014  with one set of controls (e.g.,  1014   a ). As illustrated in  FIG.  10 I , because text cursor  1018  is displayed within message entry region  1012 , keyboard control region  1014  includes text format control  1014   f  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display controls for changing the format of text entered via virtual keyboard  1016 ), photo control  1014   b  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a number of media items that are stored locally saved on computer system  600  or remotely), camera control  1014   c  (e.g., that, when selected, computer system  600  displays a live preview without displaying an insertion control (e.g., the camera user interface described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M ), files control  1014   d  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system to display a plurality of thumbnail representations of documents (e.g., word documents, pdf documents) that are stored locally on computer system  600  or remotely, scan control  1014   e  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system to display a user interface that allows a user to perform a scan of a document), and insertion control  1014   e . In some embodiments, one or more other different controls are displayed as a part of keyboard control region  1014 . In some embodiments, keyboard control region  1014  includes a control that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display additional controls in keyboard control region  1014 . 
     As discussed above, selection of either camera control  1014   c  or insertion control  1014   a  causes computer system  600  to display user interfaces that include a live preview. However, the user interface that is displayed in response to selection of insertion control  1014   a  differs from the user interface that is displayed in response to selection of camera control  1014   c . The user interface that is displayed in response to selection of insertion control  1014   a  provides a user with the control of inserting text into a text entry region, while the user interface that is displayed in response to selection of camera control  1014   c  does not provide the user with a control to insert text into a text entry region. 
     Turning back to  FIG.  10 I , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   i  that corresponds to selection of a backspace key of virtual keyboard  1016 . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 J , in response to detecting tap input  1050   i , computer system  600  deletes the text that was previously inserted into message entry region  1012 . At  FIG.  10 J , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   j  on insertion control  1014   a . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 K , in response to detecting tap input  1050   j , computer system  600  replaces the display of virtual keyboard  1016  with the display of live preview  1030 , using one or more similar techniques to those as described above in relation to  FIG.  10 C . At  FIG.  10 K , computer system  600  detects swipe input  1050   k  on live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 L , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  highlights and/or selects a subset (e.g., “CALL 123-4567 IF YOU HAVE ANY”) of text portion  642   b  based on swipe input  1050   k . In other words, at  FIG.  10 L , computer system  600  visually emphasizes the subset of text portion  642   b  relative to the other text in text portion  642   b . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 L , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  also dims portions of live preview  1030 , except for the emphasized subset of text portion  642   b . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 L , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  further displays instructions  1038  overlaid on top of live preview  1030  that provide guidance to the user for how to insert text that is included in text portion  642   b  into message entry region  1012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 L , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  automatically (e.g., without additional intervening user input) inserts a preview of the selected text into message entry region  1012 . That is, computer system  600  inserts a preview of a respective portion of text included in text portion  642   b  into message entry region  1012  as computer system  600  detects swipe input  1050   k  (e.g., computer system  600  does not insert the entirety of “CALL 123-4567 IF YOU HAVE ANY” at one time; rather, computer system  600  displays an animation of each individual letter of the subset of text being inserted into message entry region  1012  over a period of time). In some embodiments, computer system  600  inserts “CALL 123-4567 IF YOU HAVE ANY” into message entry region  1012 , on a word-by-word basis, as swipe input  1050   k  progresses over each word in the above phrase. In some embodiments, after computer system  600  has inserted a preview of the selected text into message entry region  1012 , and while the inserted text remains selected, computer system  600  detects a change in the direction of swipe input  1050   k  (e.g., in the opposite direction) and removes one or more of the letters of text that is displayed via the preview of the selected text from message entry region  1012 . At  FIG.  10 L , computer system  600  continues to detect swipe input  1050   k  on live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 M , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system visually emphasizes (e.g., highlights) the text “INFORMATION. $1000 REWARD” that is included in text portion  642   b , using one or more techniques to those described above in relation to  FIG.  10 L . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 M , computer system  600  has visually emphasized “CALL 123-4567 IF YOU HAVE ANY” AND “INFORMATION. $1000 REWARD” of text portion  642   b . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 M , in response to detecting swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  inserts a preview of the emphasized subset of text portion  642   b  into message entry region  1012 , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  10 L . At  FIG.  10 M , computer system  600  detects liftoff of swipe input  1050   k  (e.g., dragging input). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 N , in response to detecting liftoff of swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  inserts the emphasized subset of text portion  642   b  of  FIG.  10 M  into message entry region  1012 , such that one or more other inputs on live preview  1030  would not cause the text inserted into text portion  642   b  to be changed (e.g., excluded from) from message entry region  1012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 N , in response to detecting liftoff of swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  dims insertion control  1022  and/or displays insertion control  1022  as not being selectable. In some embodiments, in response to detecting liftoff of swipe input  1050   k , computer system  600  ceases to display insertion control  1022 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  as being selectable in response to detecting liftoff of swipe input  1050   k . At  FIG.  10 N , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   n  on exit control  1066 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 O , in response to detecting tap input  1050   n , computer system  600  ceases to display live preview  1030  and displays virtual keyboard  1016 . At  FIG.  10 O , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   o  on e-mail address text entry region  1006 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 P , in response to detecting tap input  1050   o , computer system  600  displays text cursor  1018  within e-mail address text entry region  1006 . At  FIG.  10 P , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   p  on insertion control  1014   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 Q , in response to detecting tap input  1050   p , computer system  600  replaces the display of virtual keyboard  1016  with the display of live preview  1030 . Live preview  1030  of  FIG.  10 Q  includes representation of business card  1060 . Representation of business card  1060  includes a listing of an e-mail address (e.g., “CASEY@AUTO.COM”). Because representation of business card  1060  includes an e-mail address, computer system  600  displays text type indication  1064  underneath the e-mail address to indicate to a user that an e-mail address has been detected. At  FIG.  10 Q , a determination is made that the text that is included in representation of business card  1060  does not satisfy a set of text insertion criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 Q , because a determination is made that none of the text included in representation of business card  1060  does not satisfy a set of text insertion criteria, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  with a visual appearance that indicates that the insertion control  1022  is inactive (e.g., not selectable). In some embodiments, none of the text of representation of business card  1060  is selectable (e.g., because the determination is made that the text included in representation of business card  1060  does not satisfy a set of text insertion criteria). In some embodiments, the text of business card  1060  is not selectable and/or does not satisfy a set of text insertion criteria because the displayed text is not above a threshold size (e.g., 14 pt. text) as displayed in live preview  1030 . In some embodiments, when it is determined that no text in representation of business card  1060  satisfies one or more criteria, computer system  600  does not display insertion control  1022 . At  FIG.  10 Q , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  1050   q  on live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 R , in response to detecting de-pinch input  1050   q , computer system  600  increases the zoom level of live preview  1030 , which increases the size of business card  1060 . At  FIG.  10 R , computer system  600  makes a determination that the e-mail address that is included in representation of business card  1060  satisfies the set of text insertion criteria and a set of visual prominence criteria. Because a determination is made that the e-mail address included in representation of business card  1060  satisfies the visual prominence criteria, computer system  600  visually emphasizes the e-mail address (e.g., computer system  600  displays the e-mail address with a box around it, as highlighted, or with brackets surrounding the e-mail address). As illustrated in  FIG.  10 R , text cursor  1018  is displayed within e-mail address text entry region  1006  that is associated with e-mail addresses. At  FIG.  10 R , a determination is made that the e-mail address included in representation of business card  1060  satisfies the set of visual prominence criteria and/or the set of text insertion criteria because business card  1060  includes an e-mail (CASEY@AUTO.COM) and the text of the e-mail is above a threshold size. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 R , because the determination is made that the set of text insertion criteria are met, Accordingly, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  with a visual appearance (e.g., no blurring and/or dimming) that indicates to the user that insertion control  1022  is selectable. At  FIG.  10 R , computer system  600  detects pinch input  1050   r  in live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 S , in response to detecting pinch input  1050   r , computer system  600  zooms live preview  1030 , such that representation of business card  1060  is displayed with an increased size. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 S , a determination is made that the text that is included in representation of business card  1060  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 S , computer system  600  does not display insertion control  1022  because the text that is included in representation of business card  1060  does not satisfy the set of prominence criteria. At  FIG.  10 S , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  1050   s  on live preview  1030 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 T , in response to detecting de-pinch input  1050   s , computer system  600  updates the display of representation of business card  1060  in live preview  1030  to reflect a change in zoom level, such that representation of business card  1060  is displayed at an increased zoom level in comparison to the display of representation of business card  1060  in  FIG.  10 S . At  FIG.  10 T , a determination is made that the e-mail address included in representation of business card  1060  satisfies one or more criteria (e.g., a set of text insertion criteria and/or a set of visual prominence criteria) and representation of business card  1060  includes text in the form of an e-mail. Accordingly, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  with a visual appearance (e.g., no blurring and/or dimming) that indicates to the user that insertion control  1022  is selectable. At  FIG.  10 T , computer system detects tap input  1050   t  that corresponds to a selection of insertion control  1022 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 U , in response to detecting tap input  1050   t , computer system  600  inserts the e-mail address that is included in representation of business card  1060  into e-mail address text entry region  1006 . In response to detecting tap input  1050   t , computer system  600  moves display of text cursor  1018  e-mail address text entry region  1006  to supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1050   t , computer system  600  maintains display of text cursor  1018  in e-mail address text entry region  1006 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 U , computer system  600  maintains display of insertion control  1022  as activated (e.g., as selectable) because supplemental e-mail address text entry region  1008  is associated with e-mail addresses and representation of business card  1060  includes text in the form of an e-mail address that satisfies the set of one or more criteria (e.g., as indicated by the visual emphasis that surrounds the e-mail address in representation of business card  1060 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  as inactive in response to detecting tap input  1050   t . At  FIG.  10 U , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   u  that corresponds to selection of subject text entry region  1010 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 V , in response to detecting tap input  1050   u , computer system  600  displays text cursor  1018  within subject text entry region  1010 . Subject text entry region  1010  is associated with a certain type of text (e.g., text types that are used to provide brief descriptions of e-mail messages). At  FIG.  10 V , a determination is made that a phase, “OIL CHANGE SPECIAL ONLY 29.99” (e.g., displayed on business card  1060 ), constitutes the type of text that is associated with subject text entry region  1010  and, thus, satisfies a set of visual prominence criteria. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 V , because the phrase satisfies the set of visual prominence criteria, computer system  600  visually emphasizes the phrase (e.g., “OIL CHANGE SPECIAL ONLY 29.99”). 
     Notably, at  FIG.  10 V , a determination is made that the e-mail address that is included in representation of business card  1060  does not constitute that text type that is associated with subject text entry region  1010  and, thus, does not satisfy the set of visual prominence criteria. Thus, because the e-mail address does not satisfy the set of visual prominence criteria at  FIG.  10 V , the e-mail address is not visually emphasized in  FIG.  10 V . At  FIG.  10 V , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   v  that corresponds to selection of insertion control  1022 . 
     As illustrated at  FIG.  10 W , in response to detecting tap input  1050   v , computer system  600  inserts the phrase (e.g., “OIL CHANGE SPECIAL ONLY 29.99”) into subject text entry region  1010  based on a determination that the phrase satisfies a set of visual prominence criteria. While computer system  600  maintains displaying with visual emphases after detecting tap input  1050   v , computer system  600  continues to display insertion control  1022  as active because a determination is made the set of text insertion criteria is satisfied. In some embodiments, while computer system  600  maintains displaying with visual emphases after detecting tap input  1050   v , computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  as inactive (e.g., greyed out, blurred out) because computer system  600  has already inserted the phrase “OIL CHANGE SPECIAL ONLY 29.99” and, thus, the set of text insertion criteria is not satisfied in  FIG.  10 W . At  FIG.  10 W , computer system  600  detects upward swipe input  1050   w  on a boundary between live preview  1030  and message entry region  1012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 X , in response to detecting upward swipe input  1050   w , computer system  600  expands the display of live preview  1030 , such that computer system  600  no longer displays e-mail user interface  1002 . Although e-mail user interface  1002  ceases to be displayed, computer system  600  maintains display of insertion control  1022  as active based on the one or more determinations discussed with reference to  FIG.  10 W . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays an animation of live preview  1030  sliding up and replacing portions of e-mail user interface  1002 . In some embodiments, a portion of e-mail user interface  1002  is displayed after live preview  1030  has been expanded. In some embodiments, at  FIG.  10 X , computer system  600  displays insertion control  1022  with a visual appearance that indicates that insertion control  1022  is inactive while computer system  600  displays the expanded version of live preview  1030 . In some embodiments, while computer system  600  displays the expanded version of live preview  1030  and in response to detecting an input that corresponds to selection of insertion control  1022 , computer system  600  can insert text (e.g., text that computer system  600  displays as visually emphasized) that is included in live preview  1030  into a text entry region (e.g., that is included in a user interface that is displayed immediately prior to the display of the expanded version of live preview  1030 ) that contains text cursor  1018  (e.g., using one or more techniques discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 X ). 
     While  FIGS.  10 A- 10 X  are described above in relation to computer system  600  detecting and inserting text in the FOV (e.g., live preview  1030 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects and inserts text in a representation of previously displayed media, using one or more similar techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 X . 
       FIGS.  10 Y- 10 Z  illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a search user interface is displayed to show that an insertion control can be displayed on user interface objects that are different from the virtual keyboard. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 Y , search user interface  1082  includes stock widget  1082   a  (e.g., that includes real-time stock information), news widget  1082   b  (e.g., that includes news headlines), weather widget  1082   c  (e.g., that includes weather information for a particular location), calendar widget  1082   d  (e.g., that includes information regarding event), and search text entry region  1082   e . At  FIG.  10 Y , computer system  600  detects tap input  1050   y  in search text entry region  1082   e.    
     At illustrated in  FIG.  10 Z , in response to detecting tap input  1050   y , computer system  600  updates display of search user interface  1082  to include text cursor  1018  and insertion control  1014   a  within search text entry region  1082   e . Further, computer system  600  updates search user interface  1082 , such that virtual keyboard  1016  and suggestion banner  1084  are displayed and ceases to display stock widget  1082   a , news widget  1082   b , weather widget  1082   c , calendar widget  1082   d . As described above in relation to  FIGS.  10 B and  10 C , selection of insertion control  1014   a  of  FIG.  10 Z  causes computer system  600  to replace the display of virtual keyboard  1016  with a camera user interface that includes a live preview and an insertion affordance. Further, computer system  600  can insert text that is detected in live preview into search text entry region  1082   e  of  FIG.  10 Z , using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 X . 
       FIGS.  10 AA- 10 AD  illustrates an exemplary embodiment, where computer system  1000  (e.g., a desktop computer) utilizes one or more techniques that are similar to those discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 X  to insert text. As illustrated in  FIG.  10 AA , computer system  1000  displays internet browser user interface  1090 . Internet browser user interface  1090  includes a representation of sign  1042  that includes text portion  642   b  and text portion  1026 . At  FIG.  10 AA , the representation of sign  1042  is a previously captured image and is not a live preview. In some embodiments, the representation of sign  1042  is a live preview of the field-of-view of one or more cameras of computer system  1000 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 AA , computer system  1000  displays mouse indicator  1088  overlaid on top of the representation of sign  1042 . As illustrated in  FIG.  10 AA , computer system  1000  displays mouse cursor as a pointer. At  FIG.  10 AA , computer system  1000  detects a mouse click on text portion  642   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 AB , in response to detecting the mouse click on text portion  642   b , computer system  1000  displays control menu  1092 . Control menu  1092  includes open in new tab control  1092   a , open in new window control  1092   b , save image control  1092   c , use image as control  1092   d , copy image address control  1092   e  and copy image control  1092   f . At  FIG.  10 AB , computer system  1000  detects mouse click on copy image control  1092   f.    
     At  FIG.  10 AB , in response to detecting the mouse click that corresponds to selection of text portion  642   b , computer system  1000  copies the representation of sign  1042  into a text buffer. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  10 AC , computer system  1000  displays word processer user interface  1096  overlaid on top of internet browser user interface  1090 . Word processor user interface  1096  includes control menu  1094 . Control menu  1094  includes a variety of controls that can be selected to interact with an application (e.g., word processor user interface  1096 ), such as paste control  1094   c  and paste-as-text control  1094   d . In some embodiments, while computer system  1000  displays control menu  1094 , computer system  1000  also displays insertion control  1014   a  while displaying control menu  1094 . At  FIG.  10 AC , computer system  1000  detects a mouse click on paste-as-text control  1094   d.    
     As illustrated in FIG. LOAD, in response to detecting the mouse click on paste-as-text control  1094   d , computer system  1000  the text from sign  1042  of  FIGS.  10 AA- 10 AB  into word processor user interface  1096 . Notably, at FIG. LOAD, an image of the representation of sign  1042  of  FIGS.  10 AA- 10 AB  is not inserted in response to detecting the mouse click on paste-as-text control  1094   d . In some embodiments, in response to detecting the mouse click on paste control  1094   c , computer system  1000  inserts an image of the representation that includes sign  1042  (as shown in  FIG.  10 AA- 10 AB ). Thus, in some embodiments, a selection of paste control  1094   c  and a selection of paste-as-text control  1094   d  causes computer system  600  to perform two different operations (e.g., paste an image, paste text from an image). In some embodiments, when the image is pasted, computer system  600  can use one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M and  7 A- 7 L  to interact with the image. 
       FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for inserting visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1100  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 , and/or  600 ) that is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component. Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1100  provides an intuitive way for inserting visual content in media. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for inserting visual content in media, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to insert visual content in media faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     A computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with one or more cameras (e.g., one or more cameras (e.g., dual cameras, triple camera, quad cameras, etc.) on the same side or different sides of the computer system (e.g., a front camera, a back camera))), one or more input devices, (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) and a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system). In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). 
     The computer system displays ( 1102 ) a first user interface (e.g.,  1002 ) that includes a text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) (e.g., a text entry field). 
     While displaying the first user interface (e.g.,  1002 ) that includes the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ), the computer system detects ( 1104 ) a request, (e.g.,  1050   b ,  1050   j ,  1050   p ) (e.g., via one or more input devices) to display a camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ) (e.g., detecting invocation of a camera). In some embodiments, the request to display the camera user interface is detected when a gesture (e.g., a tap gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture) on a camera invocation user interface object (e.g., a selectable user interface object) is detected. In some embodiments, the camera invocation user interface object is included in a keyboard (e.g., a keyboard user interface object). 
     In response to ( 1106 ) detecting the request (e.g.,  1050   b ,  1050   j ,  1050   p ) to display the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ), the computer system displays (e.g., concurrently with the user interface that includes the text entry region), via the display generation component, a camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ) that includes: a representation ( 1108 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria (e.g., text selection criteria that specify a minimum size, minimum prominence, and/or predetermined location of the text in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that needs to be met in order for the detected text to be available for inserting into the text entry region), displaying (e.g.,  1022 ) a text insertion user interface object that is selectable to insert at least a portion of the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) into the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) (e.g., an affordance). In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a representation of the previously captured media (e.g., saved media (e.g., saved, stored for retrieval by a user at a later time)). In some embodiments, the representation of the previously captured media was also displayed in response to receiving an input directed to a thumbnail representation of the previously captured media (e.g., that was displayed in a media gallery). In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a live preview and/or a representation of media that is not saved media and/or currently being captured. 
     While concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ), the computer system detects ( 1112 ), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  1050   f ,  1050   t ,  1050   v ) corresponding to selection (e.g., via a tap gesture on and/or directed to) of the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ) 
     In response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1050   f ,  1050   t ,  1050   v ) corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ), the computer system inserts ( 1114 ) at least a portion of the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) into the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) (e.g., at the position of a cursor that is displayed in the text entry region). In some embodiments, as a part of inserting the respective text into the text entry region, the computer system displays the respective text inside of the test entry field. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the text insertion user interface object, the computer system ceases display of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the text insertion user interface object, and/or one or more other camera user interface objects. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture). Automatically displaying the text insertion user interface object when prescribed conditions are met automatically indicates to the user that the detected text could be relevant to the user without the need for the user to provide additional input. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view with the text insertion user interface object provides the user with improved visual feedback by providing the user with the option to insert detected text while the user is able to analyze and view the contents of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the camera user interface in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface, in accordance with a determination that the representation of field-of-view of the one or more cameras does not include detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) that satisfies one or more criteria, the computer system foregoes displaying the text insertion user interface object. Forgoing displaying the text insertion user interface object when prescribed conditions are satisfied automatically indicates to the user that the representation that does not include text detected in the field-of-view may not be relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ) in response to detecting the request (e.g.,  1050   b ,  1050   j ,  1050   p ) to display the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) that satisfies one or more criteria and that the representation of field-of-view of the one or more cameras does not include detected text that satisfies one or more criteria, the computer system displays the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ), wherein the text insertion user interface object is not selectable (e.g., greyed-out, inactive). In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the text insertion user interface object as being non-selectable, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a respective input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object; and in response to detecting the second input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, the computer system does not insert at least a portion of the detected text into the text entry region. In some embodiments, text insertion user interface object is selectable (e.g., not grey-out, active). Displaying the text insertion user interface object as not selectable when prescribed conditions are satisfied automatically indicates to the user that the representation of the field-of-view does not include text that could be relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the camera user interface in response to detecting the request to display the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ) is not selectable, the computer system displays the text insertion user interface object with a visual appearance (e.g., grey-out, dimmed, de-saturated, pressed) that indicates that text insertion user interface object is disabled (e.g.,  1022  (e.g.,  1022  in  FIG.  10 C )) (e.g., not selectable). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the text user interface object is selectable, the text insertion user interface object is displayed with a visual appearance (e.g., not grey-out, de-pressed) that indicates that the text insertion user interface object is enabled. In some embodiments, the visual appearance that indicates that the text insertion user interface object is enabled is different from the visual appearance that indicates that the text insertion user interface object is disabled. Displaying the text insertion user interface object with a visual appearance that indicates that the text insertion user interface object is disabled provides the user with improved feedback by indicating to the user that the text insertion user interface object is disabled and may not cause the computer system to perform an action when an input is directed towards the text insertion user interface object is selected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ) is not displayed (e.g., on the display generation component) before the request (e.g.,  1050   b ,  1050   j ,  1050   p ) to display the camera user interface is detected. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface includes an input entry user interface element (e.g.,  1016 ) (e.g., a keyboard, a search entry field (e.g., a search bar)) (e.g., a selectable user interface object), the input entry user interface element including a user interface object (e.g.,  1014   a ) (e.g., a text insertion camera user interface object) (e.g., a selectable user interface object) that is displayed at a location (e.g., upper left, upper right, above one or more input objects (e.g., keys of a keyboard)) in the input entry user interface element. In some embodiments, the request to display the camera user interface is received when an input (e.g., a tap gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture) directed to the second user interface object is detected. Displaying the second user interface object at a location in the input entry user interface element provides the user with feedback by providing a second user interface object that may be relevant when the user interacts with the input entry user interface element. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface ( 1022 ) that includes a text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) and before detecting the request to display the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ), the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the text entry region ( 1050   c ) (e.g., an input inside of the text entry region). In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the text entry region, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a third user interface object (e.g.,  1014   a ) (e.g., the second user interface object) (e.g., in the first user interface). In some embodiments, the request to display the camera user interface is received when an input (e.g., a tap gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture) directed to the third user interface object is detected. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the text entry region, the computer system displays a cursor in the text entry region. Displaying the third user interface object in response to detecting the input directed to the text entry region provides the user with additional control of the computer system without cluttering the user interface by allowing the user to control when the third user interface object is displayed by the computer system. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a fourth user interface object (e.g.,  1094   d ) that, when selected, causes the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) to display copied text (and, in some embodiments, insert copied text at the location of a cursor and/or in a field and/or in a document) is concurrently displayed with the third user interface object (e.g.,  1014   a ). Displaying the fourth user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display copied text concurrently with the third user interface objects provides the user with additional control of the computer system by concurrently providing with a control to paste copied text and a control to insert text without requiring additional input to display the controls and without cluttering the UI. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation and providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, before (e.g., prior to) detecting the request (e.g.,  1050   b ,  1050   j ,  1050   p ) to display the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ), the first user interface (e.g.,  1002 ) includes a keyboard (e.g.,  1016 ) (e.g., a soft keyboard) that is displayed at a first location (e.g., below the text entry region) in the first user interface. In some embodiments, the second user interface object is displayed on the keyboard. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ), the computer system replaces display of the keyboard (e.g., ceasing to display the keyboard) at the first location with the display of the camera user interface at the first location. Replacing the display of the keyboard with the display of the camera user interface object when displaying the camera user interface provides the user with visual feedback that the keyboard is not relevant to the camera user interface and de-clutters the user interface. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the camera user interface (e.g.,  1002 ) is displayed at a first size. In some embodiments, while displaying the camera user interface at a first size, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, an input ( 1050   w ) (e.g., a swipe gesture) directed to the camera user interface (e.g., that can include  1022 ,  1066 , and  1030 ). In some embodiments, the input is a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture and/or tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the camera user interface, the computer system changes a size of the camera user interface from a first size (e.g., a non-zero size) to a second size (e.g., a non-zero size) that is different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the first size. In some embodiments, as a part of changing the size of the camera user interface from the first size to the second size, the computer system expands the camera user interface from the first size to the second size. In some embodiments, as a part of changing the size of the camera user interface from the first size to the second size, the computer system reduces the size of the camera user interface from the first size to the second size. In some embodiments, as a part of changing the size of the camera user interface, the size of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is increased/decreased. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the camera user interface, the computer system ceases display of the text entry region. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the camera user interface, the computer system replaces display of the text entry region (and/or the first user interface) with the camera user interface. In some embodiments, the camera user interface is displayed at the first size while the first user interface that includes the text entry region is displayed. Changing a size of the camera user interface from a first size to a second size that is different from the first size provides the user with an improved visual feedback by allowing the user to view and analyze the contents of the camera user interface more easily. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. Changing a size of the camera user interface from a first size to a second size that is different from the first size in response to detecting the input directed to the camera user interface provides the user with more control over the computer system by allowing the user to determine the size of the display of the camera user interface without cluttering the user interface with the display of additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) includes a first portion of text and a second portion of text. In some embodiments, at least the inserted portion of the detected text, in accordance with a determination that the first portion of text is more salient (e.g.,  1026  (e.g.,  1026  in  FIG.  10 F )) (e.g., more prominent as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 H,  7 B- 7 L,  8 , and  9    and/or more relevant to a current input field) than the second portion of text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 F )) in the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, includes the first portion of the text and does not include the second portion of the text. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first portion of text is less salient than the second portion of text in the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, at least the portion of the detected text includes the second portion of the text and does not include the first portion of the text. Automatically including the first portion of text and not the second portion of text as part of the portion of detected text in the inserted text when prescribed conditions are satisfied automatically allows the computer system to insert text that is determined to be relevant. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) is associated with a first type of text (e.g., the street address or the phone number included in text portion  642   b ) and the one or more criteria includes a respective criterion that is satisfied when a respective portion of the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) is detected to be the first type of text (e.g., email, web address, phone number, address). In some embodiments, the particular type of text is based on the type of text entry region associated with (e.g., of) the text entry region. For example, the particular type of text is an e-mail when the text entry region is an e-mail field, the particular type of text is a phone number when the testy entry is field is an entry field for entering a phone number, the particular type of text is a website when the text entry region is a web address (e.g., uniform resource locator) entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system determines that text of the first type more salient than text of other types even if other text is larger than the respective portion of the detected text. Displaying the text insertion user interface object based on a respective portion of the detected text being detected as the first type of text allows the computer system to display the text insertion user interface object when a determination is made that the detected text is relevant to the user. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1050   f ,  1050   t ,  1050   v ) corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ) and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text (e.g.,  642 B, and  1026 ) that satisfies one or more criteria, wherein a third portion (e.g.,  1026  in  FIG.  10 G ) of the detected text satisfies the respective criterion and a fourth portion (e.g., of the detected text does not satisfy the respective criterion, the at least a portion of the detected text includes the third portion of the detected text but does not include the fourth portion of the detected text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras includes detected text that satisfies one or more criteria. In some embodiments, the first portion of the detected text does not satisfy the respective criterion and a second portion of the detected text does satisfy the respective criterion, the at least a portion of the detected text includes the second portion of the detected text but does not include the first portion of the detected text. Inserting the least a portion of the detected text that includes the third portion of the detected text but does not include the fourth portion of the detected text when prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to display the text insertion user interface object when a determination is made that the detected text is relevant to the user. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) is associated with (e.g., requires, accepts, is designated to as accepting) a second particular type of text (e.g., kind) (e.g., email, web address, phone number, address). In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view includes the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the detected text does not satisfy the one or more criteria, wherein the one or more criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a portion of the detected text is the second particular type of text (e.g., particular type of text associated with the text entry region), the computer system forgoes displaying the text insertion user interface that is selectable. In some embodiments, as a part of forgoing displaying the text insertion user insertion object (e.g.,  1022 ) that is selectable, the computer system displays the text user insertion object (e.g.,  1022 ) as being non-selectable and/or inactive (e.g.,  1022  (e.g.,  1022  in  FIG.  10 C )). In some embodiments, as a part of forgoing displaying the text insertion user interface that is selectable, the computer system does not display the text insertion user insertion object. Forgoing displaying the text insertion user interface that is selectable based on a respective portion of the detected text being a first particular type allows the computer system to not display the text insertion user interface object as being selectable when a determination is made that the detected text does not correspond and/or is not relevant to the text entry region (e.g., that the text will be inserted into). Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) includes a fifth portion of text (e.g.,  1026  (e.g.,  1026  in  FIG.  10 G ) (e.g., a portion of text that was detected as being a distinct chunk of text) and a sixth portion of text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 G ) (e.g., a portion of text that was detected as being a distinct chunk of text). In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ) and before detecting the input ( 1050   f ,  1050   t ,  1050   v ) corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a request ( 1050   g ) corresponding to a selection of the fifth portion of text. In some embodiments, the request corresponding to a selection of the fifth portion of the text is an input directed to the fifth portion of the text and/or a swipe input directed to the fifth portion of the text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to select the fifth portion of text, the computer system selects the fifth portion of the text without selecting the sixth portion of the text. In some embodiments, as a part of selecting the fifth portion of the text without selecting the sixth portion of the text, the computer system displays an indication that the fifth portion of the text is selected and the sixth portion of the text is not selected. In some embodiments, the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object is detected while the fifth portion of the text is selected and the sixth portion of the text is not selected. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object is detected while the fifth portion of the text is selected and the sixth portion of the text is not selected, the computer system inserts the fifth portion of the text without inserting the sixth portion of the text (and/or the at least a portion of the detected text includes the first portion of the text and does not include the sixth portion of the text). Selecting the fifth portion of text without selecting the sixth portion of text in response to a request corresponding to a selection of the fifth portion of text provides the user with more control over the computer system by allowing the user to decide which portions of text are selected and which portions of text are not selected without cluttering the UI. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text includes a seventh portion of the text and an eighth portion of the text. In some embodiments, as a part of inserting the portion of the detected text into the text entry region and in accordance with a determination that the seventh portion of the text (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 D ) satisfies text selection criteria and an eighth portion of the text (e.g.,  1026  (e.g.,  1026  in  FIG.  10 D )) does not satisfy a set of text selection criteria (e.g., that includes the first criterion, that is based on the saliency of the text (e.g., whether an amount of prominence (e.g., salience) of the respective portion of the text is above a prominence threshold (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 H,  7 B- 7 L,  8   , and  9 ), the computer system inserts the seventh portion of the text into the text entry region (e.g.,  1012 ) (and does not include the eighth portion of the text). In some embodiments, as a part of inserting the portion of the detected text into the text entry region and in accordance with a determination that the seventh portion of the text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 F ) does not satisfy text selection criteria, and an eighth portion of the text satisfies (e.g.,  1026  (e.g.,  1026  in  FIG.  10 F ) the set of text selection criteria, the computer system inserts the eighth portion of the text into the text entry region (and does not include the seventh portion of the text). 
     In some embodiments, the determination that a second respective portion (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) of the text satisfies the set of text selection criteria is based on the location of the one or more cameras and a direction of the one or more cameras relative to an external environment (e.g., based on the field-of-view of the one or more cameras) (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ) (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 E- 10 F ). In some embodiments, changes in the field of view (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ) changes whether the determination is made that the respective portion of the text satisfies the set of text selection criteria. In some embodiments, a user can change which text meets the selection criteria by moving the one or more cameras (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 L- 6 M ) and/or by moving the detected text in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text includes a ninth portion (e.g.,  642   b ) of text and a tenth portion of text (e.g.,  1026 ). In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying the representation (e.g.,  1030 ) of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ), the computer system displays a first visual indication (e.g., the box that surrounds text portion  642   b  in  FIG.  10 C  and the box that surrounds text portion  1026  in  FIG.  10 G ) that corresponds to (e.g., emphasizes (e.g., a bracket around the text, highlighting of text)) the ninth portion of text (e.g., the first visual indication is not associated with the tenth portion of text) and a second visual indication (e.g., the box that surrounds text portion  642   b  in  FIG.  10 C  and the box that surrounds text portion  1026  in  FIG.  10 G ) corresponds to (e.g., emphasizes (e.g., a bracket around the text, highlighting of text)) the tenth portion of text (e.g., the second visual indication does not correspond to the ninth portion of text). In some embodiments, the second visual indication is different from (e.g., a different size than, is separate from) the first visual indication (e.g., the box in  FIG.  10 H  is smaller than the box in  FIG.  10 C ). Displaying a first visual indication that corresponds to the ninth portion of text and a second visual indication that corresponds to the tenth portion of text provides the user with improved feedback by indicating to different chunks of the portion of text. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) displayed in the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras has a first visual appearance (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  as shown in  FIG.  10 E )) (e.g.,  1026  (e.g.,  1026  as shown in  FIG.  10 F )) (e.g., highlighted, underlined). In some embodiments, detected text in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., detected text that is captured by the one or more cameras) has a second visual appearance (e.g., not highlighted, not underlined) that is different from the first visual appearance. In some embodiments, detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is changed to have a different visual appearance when the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1042 ) is displayed in representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIG.  10   ). Displaying detected text differently than the text detected in the field-of-view provides the user with improved visual feedback by alerting to the user which text is selected to be inserted. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and a fifth user interface object (e.g., a mouse cursor (e.g., an arrow), a representation of user input), the computer system detects a request to move the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to move the fifth user interface object and in accordance with a determination that the fifth user interface object is within a predetermined distance from a location (e.g., over) of the detected text ( 642   b ,  1026 ) that satisfies the one or more criteria, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface object (e.g., a text cursor) that is different (e.g., a different type of user interface object, a different shape) from the fifth user interface object. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ) is within a predetermined distance from a location of the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ), the computer system ceases to display the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ) and/or replaces display of the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ) with display of the sixth user interface object (e.g.,  1018 ) (e.g.,  1088  with a different visual appearance (e.g., a visual appearance similar to a text cursor)). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ) is not within a predetermined distance from a location of detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) that satisfies the criteria and/or in accordance with a determination that the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ) is within a predetermined distance from a location of text (e.g., detected text (e.g.,  642   b ,  1026 ) in a representation that does not satisfy the criteria, the computer system forgoes displaying, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface object (e.g.,  1018 ) (e.g., a text cursor) that is different (e.g., a different type of user interface object, a different shape) from the fifth user interface object (e.g.,  1088 ). In some embodiments, the location of the display of the fifth user interface (e.g.,  1088 ) object corresponds (e.g., depends upon, correlates to) to an input (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  10 AA- 10 AD ) (e.g., a directional gesture (e.g., detected on a touch-sensitive surface), a gesture that results in the displacement of an external device) that is performed by a user. In some embodiments, the sixth user interface object was not displayed before the request to move the fifth user interface object was detected. Automatically displaying a sixth user interface object when prescribed conditions are satisfied automatically provides the user with an indication that a user interface object is near/on a representation of detected text that satisfies the one or more criteria. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text includes an eleventh portion of text. In some embodiments, after inserting at least the portion of the detected text into the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) and while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ), the computer system detects, via one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  1050   k ) (e.g., a swipe gesture) directed to the eleventh portion of text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642 B as shown in  FIG.  10 L  and  FIG.  10 M )) in the representation of the field-of-view (e.g., an input to highlight a portion (e.g., eleventh portion) of text in the representation of the field-of-view). In some embodiments, the input is a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the eleventh portion of text in the representation of the field-of-view (and in response to detecting an end of the input directed to the eleventh portion of text in the representation of the field-of-view), the computer system inserts the eleventh portion of text into the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1050   k ) directed to the eleventh portion of text (e.g.,  642   b ) in the representation of the field-of-view, the computer system changes the visual appearance (e.g., highlights) the eleventh portion of the text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 L ). In some embodiments, the computer system highlights the eleventh portion of the text (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 L ) while the input (e.g.,  1050   k ) is being detected. Inserting the eleventh portion of text into the text entry region in response to detecting the input directed to the eleventh portion of text provides the user more control over the computer system by allowing the user to control the text to be inserted into the text entry region without cluttering the user interface. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ) includes a twelfth portion of text. In some embodiments, after inserting at least the portion of the detected text (e.g.,  642   b ) into the text entry region (e.g.,  1012 ) and while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ), the computer system detects, via one or more input devices, an input (e.g.,  1050   k ) (e.g., a swipe gesture) directed to the twelfth portion (e.g.,  642   b ) of text. In some embodiments, the input is a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1050   k ) directed to the twelfth portion of text (e.g.,  642   b ) and in accordance with a determination that the twelfth portion of text (e.g.,  642   b ) is above a threshold size (e.g.,  4 - 10  sized font), the computer system selects the twelfth portion of text (e.g., displaying the twelfth portion of text as being selected (e.g.,  642   b  (e.g.,  642   b  in  FIG.  10 L )) (e.g., highlighting the twelfth portion of text)) (e.g., as discussed in relation to  FIGS.  10 K- 10 L ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the twelfth portion of text and in accordance with a determination that the twelfth portion of text is not above the threshold size, the computer system forgoes selecting the twelfth portion of text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object and in accordance with a determination that the twelfth portion of text is above a threshold size, the at least the portion of the detected text includes the twelfth portion of text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object and in accordance with a determination that the twelfth portion of text is not above a threshold size, the at least the portion of the detected text does not include the twelfth portion of text. 
     In some embodiments, the detected text includes a thirteenth portion of text that is not selectable. In some embodiments, after inserting at least the portion of the detected text into the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ) and while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object ( 1022 ), the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a first request (e.g.,  1050   e ,  1050   q ) to change (e.g., zoom in on the representation of the field-of-view, translate/pan the representation of the field-of-view, and/or movement of the one or more cameras from a first position in the physical environment to a second position in the physical position that is different from the first position) the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., when a swipe gesture, a pinch gesture is detected). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first request to display the second camera user interface, the computer changes the thirteenth portion of text to be selectable. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input corresponding to selection of the text insertion user interface object, the computer system inserts selectable portions of text but does not inset non-selectable portions of text. 
     In some embodiments, after inserting at least the portion of the detected text into the text entry region and while concurrently displaying the representation of the field-of-view and the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ), the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a second request (e.g.,  1050   r ) to change (e.g., zoom out of the representation of the field-of-view, translate/pan the representation of the field-of-view) the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., when a swipe gesture, a de-pinch gesture is detected. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second request (e.g.,  1050   r ) to change the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  10 R- 10 T ) (and in accordance with a determination that the changed representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras does not include detected text that meets one or more criteria), the computer system forgoes displaying the text insertion user interface object (e.g.,  1022 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second request (e.g.,  1050   r ) to change the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  10 R- 10 T ), the computer system displays the change representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  10 R- 10 T ). Forgoing displaying the text insertion user interface object in response to the computer system detecting the second request to change the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras provides the user with greater control over the computer system by allowing the user to control when the text insertion user interface object is displayed without displaying additional user interface controls. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras of the one or more cameras is displayed concurrently with a portion of the first user interface (e.g.,  1002 ) that includes the text entry region (e.g.,  1006 ,  1008 ,  1010 ,  1012 ). Displaying the field-of-view of the one or more cameras concurrently with the portion of the first user interface that includes the text entry region provides the user with improved visual feedback by allowing the user to concurrently view and analyze the contents of the representation of the field-of-view and the text entry region. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1100  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1100  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 AD , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1100  (e.g.,  FIG.  11   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  1100  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1300 ,  1500 , and  1700 . For example, the first user interface object that corresponds to one or more text management operations, as described in method  800 , can be selected to display a plurality of options to manage text that has been inserted. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 L  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for identifying visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  13   . 
       FIG.  12 A  illustrates computer system  600  displaying a media viewer user interface that includes media viewer region  724  positioned between application control region  722  and application control region  726 . The media viewer user interfaces of  FIG.  12 A  is displayed using one or more techniques as described above in relation to the media user interface of  FIG.  7 B . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , media viewer region  724  includes enlarged representation  1224   a . Enlarged representation  1224   a  is an image of a sky with clouds. As illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , application control region  722  includes an indicator of a date/time (e.g., “Yesterday,” “11:05 AM” in  FIG.  12 A ) when the image of the sky was taken. In addition, application control region  722  includes back control  722   a  and edit control  722   b  are displayed using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  7 B . As illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , application control region  726  includes thumbnail media representations  712  that are displayed in a single row. Thumbnail media representations  712  of  FIG.  12 A  include thumbnail representations  1212   a - 1212   b . Because enlarged media representation  1224   a  is displayed in media viewer region  724 , thumbnail representation  712   a  is displayed as being selected using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  7 B . In addition, application control region  726  includes send control  726   b , favorites control  726   c , and trash control  726   d , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  7 B . At  FIG.  12 A , computer system  600  detects rightward swipe input  1250   a  in media viewer region  724 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 B , in response to detecting rightward swipe input  1250   a , computer system  600  displays enlarged representation  1224   b  and ceases to display enlarged representation  1224   a  in media viewer region  724 . Enlarged representation  1224   b  is an image of person  1230  wearing shirt  1232  and holding dandelion  1234  and book  1236  in each hand. In enlarged representation  1224   b , person  1230  is also positioned behind dog  1238  and dog  1240 , where the two dogs are relatively close together. Dog  1238  is a Yorkie and is positioned on the left side of enlarged representation  1224   b . Dog  1240  is a Boston Terrier and is positioned on the right side of enlarged representation  1224   b  near lavender plant  1242 . 
     At  FIG.  12 B , a determination is made that enlarged representation  1224   b  includes at least one detected feature (e.g., shirt  1232 , dandelion  1234 , book  1236 , dog  1238 , dog  1240 , and lavender plant  1242 ) that belongs to one or more of a set of predetermined categories of features (e.g., and/or is one of a predetermined types of features). For example, at  FIG.  12 B , a determination is made that shirt  1232  is an article of clothing (e.g., where clothing is a category (e.g., type) in the predetermined categories (e.g., types) of features), a determination is made that book  1236  is a book (e.g., where books are a category in the predetermined categories of features), separate determinations are made that dandelion  1234  and lavender plant  1242  are plants (e.g., where plants is a category in the predetermined categories of features), and separate determinations are made that dog  1238  and dog  1240  are dogs (e.g., where dogs are a category in the predetermined categories of features). In some embodiments, the one or more predetermined categories and/or types of features include dogs, flowers, plants, landmarks, books, cats, paintings, album art, movie posters, shoes, accessories, clothing, groceries, animals, apple products, furniture, people, etc. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 B , because the determination is made that enlarged representation  1224   b  includes at least one detected feature that belongs to one or more predetermined categories of features, computer system  600  displays additional information control  1226   a . Additional information control  1226   a  is shown positioned between favorites control  726   c  and trash control  726   d  in application control region  726  of  FIG.  12 B . In some embodiments, as a part of displaying additional information control  1226   a , computer system  600  displays an animation of additional information control  1226   a  fading in, fading out, and/or reducing/increasing in size at  FIG.  12 B . In some embodiments, additional information control  1226   a  is displayed with a badge (e.g., a badge that is representative of a group of one or more predetermined categories of features and/or the detected feature) (e.g., a graphical indicator that corresponds to a group of one or more predetermined categories of features and/or the detected feature) at  FIG.  12 B . In some embodiments, because a determination is made that at least one detected feature belongs to a first set of predetermined categories of features (e.g., objects, pets, and/or landmarks), computer system  600  displays the animation of additional information control  1226   a  fading in, fading out, and/or reducing/increasing in size and/or displays additional information control  1226   a  with the badge. In some embodiments, because a determination is made that at least one detected feature does not belong to the first set of predetermined categories of features (e.g., objects, pets, and/or landmarks), computer system  600  does not display the animation of additional information control  1226   a  fading in, fading out, and/or reducing/increasing in size and/or does not display additional information control  1226   a  with the badge. 
     Looking back at  FIG.  12 A , a determination was made that enlarged representation  1224   a  (e.g., the image of the sky) displayed in  FIG.  12 A  did not include at least one detected feature that belongs to one or more of the set of categories of features. As illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , computer system  600  does not display additional information control  1226   a  in the media viewer user interface of  FIG.  12 A  because of this determination (e.g., the determination was made that enlarged representation  1224   a  displayed in  FIG.  12 A  did not include at least one detected feature that belongs to one or more categories of features). Thus, when looking at  FIGS.  12 A- 12 B , computer system  600  only displays additional information control  1226   a  when at least one detected feature belongs to one or more of the set of categories of features. In some embodiments, additional information control  1226   a  is displayed, irrespective of whether at least one detected feature in the displayed representation belongs to one or more of the set of categories of features. In some embodiments, a feature is detected in enlarged representation  1224   b  at  FIG.  12 B  but a determination is made that the detected feature does not belong to one or more of the set of categories of features. In some embodiments, when the determination is made that the detected feature does not belong to one or more of the set of categories of features, computer system  600  does not display additional information control  1226   a.    
       FIGS.  12 B- 12 E  illustrate an exemplary animation that is displayed in response to computer system  600  receiving a request to display additional information (e.g., in response to computer system  600  detecting an input directed to additional information control  1226   a ). The animation of  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E  is an animation where feature indicators are revealed (e.g., gradually) in each of  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E  until feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  and  1262   d - 1262   e  displayed concurrently in  FIG.  12 E . At  FIG.  12 B , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   b  on additional information control  1226   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 C , in response to detecting tap input  1250   b , computer system  600  displays feature indicator  1260   a  at a location near lavender plant  1242 . At  FIG.  12 C , feature indicator  1260   a  is displayed near lavender plant  1242  because a determination was made that a feature indicator should be displayed on/near lavender plant  1242  (e.g., on/near the detected feature displayed in enlarged representation  1224   b ). In some embodiments, the determination is made that the feature indicator should be displayed on/near a corresponding feature when it is determined that the feature is displayed close to multiple detected features, when a detected feature is partially obscured from view by one or more other objects and/or detected features, when the feature indicator obstructs the view of a particular portion or a particular amount of the detected feature, etc. In some embodiments, this determination (e.g., whether the feature indicator should be displayed on/near the corresponding feature) is made to improve the chances that the feature indicator is interpreted to identify the correct feature (e.g., the corresponding feature). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 D , sometime after displaying feature indicator  1260   a  in  FIG.  12 C , computer system  600  displays feature indicator  1260   b  at a location on shirt  1232 . At  FIG.  12 D , computer system  600  displays feature indicator  1260   b  at the location on shirt  1232  because a determination was made that a feature indicator should be displayed on/near shirt  1232  (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to feature indicator  1260   a  in  FIG.  12 C ). As illustrated in  FIG.  12 D , feature indicator  1260   a  is displayed concurrently with feature indicator  1260   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 E , sometime after displaying feature indicator  1260   b  in  FIG.  12 D , computer system  600  displays feature indicator  1260   c  at a location near dandelion  1234 . At  FIG.  12 E , computer system  600  displays feature indicator  1260   c  at the location on dandelion  1234  because a determination was made that a feature indicator should be displayed near dandelion  1234  (e.g., using similar techniques as described above in relation to feature indicator  1260   a  in  FIG.  12 C ). As illustrated in  FIG.  12 E , feature indicator  1260   a  is displayed concurrently with feature indicator  1260   b  and feature indicator  1260   c . Notably, at  FIG.  12 E , feature indicator  1260   a  and feature indicator  1260   c  are illustrated with having the same pattern (e.g., horizontal lines) because each of the feature indicators corresponds to features (e.g., lavender plant  1242  and dandelion  1234 ) that belong to the same category (e.g., plant category). Feature indicator  1260   a  and feature indicator  1260   c  are displayed with the same visual appearance (e.g., pattern, color, shape, etc.), although each of the feature indicators corresponds to a different detected feature. Moreover, feature indicator  1260   b  is displayed with a different pattern (e.g., diagonal lines) than the pattern with which feature indicators  1260   a  and  1260   c  are displayed because feature indicator  1260   b  corresponds to a feature that belongs to a different category (e.g., clothing category) than the plant category. Thus, feature indicators that belong to the same category have the same and/or a similar visual appearance, and feature indicators that belong to different categories are displayed with a different visual appearance. In order words, the visual appearance of a feature indicator is based on a visual appearance associated with a particular predetermined category. In some embodiments, one or more of feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  include (e.g., inside the area of the feature indicator, as the feature indicator) a graphical indicator representing the predetermined category of features that corresponds to each respective feature indicator (e.g., like feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e ). In some embodiments, one or more of feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  that belong to the same predetermined category of features include the same graphical indicator. In some embodiments, one or more of feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  that belong to different predetermined categories of features include different graphical indicators. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 E , sometime after displaying feature indicator  1260   b  in  FIG.  12 D , computer system  600  concurrently displays feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  with feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c . Feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  are representative of a books category and a dogs category, respectively. In particular, feature indicator  1262   d  corresponds to book  1236 , and feature indicator  1262   e  corresponds to dog  1238  and dog  1240 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 E , feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  are different from feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c . For instance, feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  include a graphical image (and/or symbol) that represents each respective category (e.g., graphical representation of a book, graphical representation of a dog) to which feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  corresponds. However, feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  do not include a graphical image that represents each respective category to which feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  correspond. In addition, feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  are not displayed near the respective feature to which each corresponds, unlike feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c . Instead, feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  are displayed in a predetermined area (or at predetermined locations) (e.g., bottom-right) of enlarged representation  1224   b . In some embodiments, the predetermined area is in the corner of enlarged representation  1224   b  and/or media viewer region  724 . In some embodiments, the predetermined area is separated from enlarged representation  1224   b  (e.g., below/above enlarged representation  1224   b ). 
     At  FIG.  12 E , computer system  600  displays feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  in bottom-right of media viewer region  724  because a determination was made that a feature indicator should not be displayed on/near each respective feature to which the feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  correspond. In some embodiments, the determination was made that a feature indicator should not be displayed on/near book  1236  because a portion of book  1236  is obscured by one or more other objects (e.g., grass/weeds) in enlarged representation  1224   b . In some embodiments, the determination was made that a feature indicator should not be displayed on/near dog  1238  because dog  1238  is too close to dog  1240  (or vice-versa). In some embodiments, the determination was made that a feature indicator should not be displayed near/on book  1236 , dog  1238 , and/or dog  1238  because of how each of book  1236 , dog  1238 , and/or dog  1240  are positioned in enlarged representation  1224   b.    
     Notably, feature indicator  1262   d  corresponds to one detected feature (i.e., book  1236 ) in enlarged representation  1224   b , and feature indicator  1262   e  corresponds to multiple detected features (e.g., dog  1238 , dog  1240 ). Thus, in  FIG.  12 E , only one feature indicator is displayed that corresponds to a particular predetermined category of features in the predetermined area of enlarged representation  1224   b  (e.g., irrespective of the amount of feature indicators that belong to the particular category that are determined to not be able to be displayed on/near each of their detected features). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a feature indicator on/near a feature that belongs to a particular category and displays a feature indicator in the predetermined area of enlarged representation  1224   b  for a different detected feature that belongs to the particular predetermined category of features (e.g., when a determination is made a feature indicator should be displayed on/near a detected feature that belongs to a particular predetermined category of features and a determination is made that a feature indicator should not be displayed on/near a different detected feature that belongs to the predetermined particular category of features). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays multiple feature indicators in the predetermined area of enlarged representation  1224   b  when a determination is made that multiple detected feature indicators should be displayed on/near each respective detected feature that belongs to the same predetermined category of features. 
     As discussed above,  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E  illustrate an exemplary animation that is displayed in response to computer system  600  receiving a request to display additional information. In some embodiments, the feature indicators are faded in over the duration of the animation. In some embodiments, the feature indicators are faded in a sequence, such as the sequence shown in  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E , over the duration of the animation. In some embodiments, the feature indicators are gradually faded-in over the duration of time. In some embodiments, one or more of the feature indicators are displayed with a pulsing animation. At  FIG.  12 E , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   e  on feature indicator  1260   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , in response to detecting tap input  1250   e , computer system  600  zooms in on enlarged representation  1224   b , such that feature indicator  1260   a  is enlarged and displayed near (or at) the center of enlarged representation  1224   b  that is shown in  FIG.  12 F . When comparing  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F , computer system  600  ceases to display at least one feature indicator (e.g.,  1260   c ) and maintains display of at least one indicator (e.g.,  1260   b ) when enlarging and displaying feature indicator  1260   a  near the center of enlarged representation  1224   b . In particular, feature indicator  1260   c  ceases to be displayed because it is a further distance away from feature indicator  1260   c  than feature indicator  1260   b  is from feature indicator  1260   c . Thus, feature indicator  1260   c  is cropped out of enlarged representation  1224   b  by the zooming operation. However, as illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , the feature indicators that are displayed in the predetermined area of enlarged representation  1224   b  continue to be displayed in the predetermined area of enlarged representation  1224   b  and are not cropped out by the zooming operation. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , in response to detecting tap input  1250   e , computer system  600  indicates that feature indicator  1260   a  is selected by changing the color of feature indicator  1260   a  (e.g., the color of feature indicator  1260   a  does not contain horizontal lines). Thus, the visual appearance of feature indicator  1260   a  changes when feature indicator  1260   a  is selected. In addition to indicating that feature indicator  1260   a  is selected, computer system  600  displays category indicator  1260   a   1  (e.g., picture of a plant) in response to detecting tap input  1250   e . As illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , category indicator  1260   a   1  is displayed near/on top of feature indicator  1260   a . Category indicator  1260   a   1  indicates the category that corresponds to the selected feature indicator (e.g., feature indicator  1260   a ) and/or detected feature to which the selected feature indicator corresponds. Although feature indicator  1260   b  is displayed in  FIG.  12 F , a category is not displayed near or above feature indicator  1260   b  because feature indicator  1260   b  is not selected. In addition, because feature indicator  1260   b  was not selected, the visual appearance of feature indicator  1260   b  of  FIG.  12 F  is the same as the visual appearance of feature indicator  1260   b  before tap input  1250   e  was detected. As illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , feature indicator  1260   a  and category indicator  1260   a   1  are displayed on enlarged representation  1224   b  and, thus, are surrounded by the content shown by enlarged representation  1224   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , in response to detecting tap input  1250   e , computer system  600  displays feature card  1270 . In particular, computer system  600  ceases to display portions of enlarged representation  1224   b  and the media viewer user interface, including application control region  722  and application control region  726  (as shown in  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F ) that were previously displayed in response to detecting tap input  1250   e . In some embodiments, one or more portions of application control region  722  of  FIG.  12 E  and application control region  726  of  FIG.  12 E  remain while less of enlarged representation  1224   b  is displayed in response to detecting tap input  1250   e . In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1250   e , computer system  600  displays an animation of feature card  1270  sliding up from the bottom (e.g., near/at application control region  726 ) of computer system  600 , where a portion of enlarged representation  1224   b  also moves up towards the top (e.g., near/at application control region  722  of  FIG.  12 E ) of the computer system  600  as feature card  1270  slide up. 
     Feature card  1270  includes exit control  1266 , feature image  1270   a , feature identifier  1270   b , feature information  1270   c , and feature information  1270   d . Notably, feature image  1270   a  is not a different image and/or a generic image (e.g., from a source other than the enlarged representation) of a lavender plant and is, instead, a representation of a portion of enlarged representation  1224   b  that includes lavender plant  1242 . By displaying, a representation of the portion of enlarged representation  1224   b  that includes lavender plant  1242 , feature card  1270  can is more easily identifiable as being associated with lavender plant  1242 , as shown in enlarged representation  1224   b . Feature identifier  1270   b  includes a description of the feature (“Lavender Plant”). Feature information  1270   c  includes information concerning the feature (“PLANT GENIUS”) and, in some embodiments, denotes the category of the feature (e.g., lavender plant  1242 ) that corresponds to feature card  1270 . Feature information  1270   d  includes additional information concerning the feature. In some embodiments, feature identifier  1270   b , feature information  1270   c , and/or feature information  1270   d  is retrieved from an online source and displayed as a part of feature card  1270 . At  FIG.  12 F , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   f  on feature indicator  1262   e.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , in response to detecting tap input  1250   f , computer system  600  ceases to display feature card  1270  and displays feature card  1272  (and/or replaces display of feature card  1270  with display of feature card  1272 ). Feature card  1272  includes feature controls  1272   a - 1272   c  and additional information  1282 , which is concurrently displayed with at least one of feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c . As illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , additional information includes search control  1282   a  (e.g., that, when selected, would initiate a web search) and source management control  1282   b  (e.g., that, when selected, would cause display of source management user interface). 
     At  FIG.  12 G , feature controls  1272   a - 1272   c  correspond to different respective detected features (e.g., dog  1238 , dog  1240 , book  1236 ), where a determination was that a feature indicator should not be on/near the respective detected feature. In particular, feature control  1272   a  corresponds to dog  1238 , feature control  1272   b  corresponds to dog  1240 , and feature control  1272   c  corresponds to book  1236 . Thus, in response to detecting tap input  1250   f  on feature indicator  1262   e , a feature card is displayed that includes feature controls for the detected features, where a determination was that a feature indicator should not be on/near the respective detected feature. In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1250   f , feature control  1272   c  is not displayed because feature control  1272   c  corresponds to a feature that belongs to a category that is not the same category as feature indicator  1262   e  (e.g., the feature indicator that was selected via tap input  1250   f ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input directed to feature indicator  1262   d , computer system  600  displays feature card  1272 . In some embodiments, when computer system  600  displays feature card  1272  in response to detecting tap input directed to feature indicator  1262   d , feature controls  1272   a - 1272   c  are re-ordered, such that feature control  1272   c  is displayed near the top of feature card  1272 . In some of these embodiments, feature controls  1272   a - 1272   c  are re-ordered because a determination is made that feature control  1272   c  corresponds to a feature that is in the category that is represented by feature indicator  1262   d  (e.g., or the feature indicator that was selected by the input). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to feature control  1272   a , computer system  600  displays a feature card (e.g., similar to feature card  1270  of  FIG.  12 F  or feature card  1274  of  FIG.  12 K ) for dog  1238  and ceases to display feature card  1272 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to feature control  1272   b , computer system  600  displays a feature card (e.g., similar to feature card  1270  of  FIG.  12 F  or feature card  1274  of  FIG.  12 K ) for dog  1240  and ceases to display feature card  1272 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to feature control  1272   c , computer system  600  displays a feature card (e.g., similar to feature card  1270  of  FIG.  12 F  or feature card  1274  of  FIG.  12 K ) for book  1236  and ceases to display feature card  1272 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , in response to detecting tap input  1250   f , computer system  600  zooms out of enlarged representation  1224   b , such that feature indicator  1260   a  is no longer near the center of the display and not enlarged. Moreover, in response to detecting tap input  1250   f , feature indicator  1260   a  is displayed with a visual appearance that corresponds to the category of feature indicator  1260   a  to show that feature indicator  1260   a  is no longer selected. Notably, feature indicator  1260   c  is not displayed in  FIG.  12 G  because feature card  1272  is occupying a portion of the display (e.g., as compared to  FIG.  12 C  when no feature card was displayed because enlarged representation  1224   b  has been moved towards the top of the media viewer interface). At  FIG.  12 G , computer system  600  detects upward swipe input  1250   g  on feature card  1272 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 H , in response to detecting upward swipe input  1250   g , computer system  600  slides feature card  1272  towards the top of computer system  600  and ceases to display a portion of enlarged representation  1224   b  (e.g., that was previously displayed before upward swipe input  1250   g  was detected in  FIG.  12 G ). In response to detecting upward swipe input  1250   g , computer system  600  scrolls the information (e.g., feature controls  1272   a - 1272   c , search control  1282   a , source management control  1282   b ) displayed on feature card  1272  of  FIG.  12 H  towards the top of computer system  600  until the additional information displayed on feature card  1272  of  FIG.  12 H  is displayed. In some embodiments, computer system  600  scrolls the information of feature card  1272  based on the movement (e.g., speed, direction, etc.) of swipe input  1250   g.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 H , feature card  1272  includes more of additional information  1282 , which includes add-a-caption control  1282   c , image capture metadata  1282   d , location metadata  1282   e , effects  1282   f  (e.g., including live effects  1282   f   1 - 1282   f   3 ), photo-suggestion control  1282   g , and location-suggestion control  1282   h . In some embodiments, additional information includes other types of additional information, such as additional information associated with people that are identified in the photo. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to add-a-caption control  1282   c , computer system  600  displays an input field, where text input into the field would be saved as a caption for the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b . In some embodiments, image capture metadata  1282   d  includes one or more representations of the format (e.g., “JPEG”) of the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b , one or more configurations/settings (e.g., “ISO32” and/or “6 MM”) of the computer system that captured the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b , and/or one or more identifiers (e.g., “PHONE 11 PRO” and/or “Triple Camera 6 MM”) of the computer system that captured the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b . In some embodiments, location metadata  1282   e  includes a map of a location that is associated with (e.g., where) the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to location metadata  1282   e , computer system  600  displays an interface of a maps application that includes the location (e.g., “DRY CITY STATE PARK AZ US”) that corresponds to location metadata  1282   e . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to one of effects  1282   f   1 - 1282   f   3 , computer system  600  applies an effect associated with the effect that was selected by the input directed to one or effects  1282   f   1 - 1282   f   3 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to photo-suggestion control  1282   g , computer system  600  displays one or more representations of photos that are associated with the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b  (e.g., where the photos are chosen based on the context of the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to location-suggestion control  1282   h , computer system  600  displays one or more representations of media that are associated with location metadata (e.g., as included in location metadata  1282   e ) of the media represented by enlarged representation  1224   b.    
     Looking back at  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E , in response to detecting input  1250   b  on additional information control  1226   a , computer system  600  displays some of the information included in additional information  1282 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  1250   b , additional information  1282  is displayed concurrently with feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  and  1262   d - 1262   e , in some embodiments. For example, at  FIG.  12 E , computer system  600  can display add-a-caption control  1282   c , image capture metadata  1282   d , location metadata  1282   e , effects  1282   f  (e.g., including live effects  1282   f   1 - 1282   f   3 ), photo-suggestion control  1282   g , location-suggestion control  1282   h , etc. concurrently with feature indicators  1260   a - 1260   c  and  1262   d - 1262   e  in response to detecting input  1250   b  on additional information control  1226   a . Returning back to  FIG.  12 H , computer system  600  detects downward swipe input  1250   h  on feature card  1272 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 I , in response to detecting downward swipe input  1250   h , computer system  600  slides feature card  1272  based on movement of downward swipe input  1250   h , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  12 G- 12 H . At  FIG.  12 I , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   i  on exit control  1266 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 J , in response to detecting tap input  1250   i , computer system  600  expands enlarged representation  1224   b , ceases to display feature card  1272 , and re-displays application control region  722  and application control region  726 . At  FIG.  12 J , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   j  on feature indicator  1260   c.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 K , in response to detecting tap input  1250   j , computer system  600  zooms in on enlarged representation  1224   b , such that feature indicator  1260   c  is enlarged and displayed near (or at) the center of enlarged representation  1224   c  that is shown in  FIG.  12 K . In response to detecting tap input  1250   j , computer system  600  changes the visual appearance of feature indicator  1260   c  to indicate that it is selected and display category indicator  1260   c   1 . Category indicator  1260   c   1  is the same as category indicator  1260   a   1  of  FIG.  12 F  because feature indicator  1260   c  and feature indicator  1260   a  are feature indicators for features that belong to the same predetermined category of features (e.g., plant category). In some embodiments, when feature indications belong to different predetermined categories of features, the category indicators displayed near (e.g., next to) each respective feature indicator (e.g., when the feature indicator is selected) are different. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 K , in response to detecting tap input  1250   j , computer system  600  displays feature card  1274 , using one or more similar techniques as described above in relation to the display of feature card  1270 . Feature card  1274  is a feature card for dandelion  1234 . In addition, feature card  1274  includes exit control  1266 , feature image  1274   a , feature identifier  1274   b , feature information  1274   c , feature information  1274   d , which function and provide similar information concerning dandelion  1234 , using similar techniques as described above in relation to feature card  1270 . In addition, feature card  1274  includes order controls. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input on feature card  1274 , computer system  600  initiates an order process to purchase dandelions (e.g., and/or the detected feature). In some embodiments, initiating an order process to purchase dandelions includes displaying a website for purchasing the dandelions. In some embodiments, a feature card includes one or more controls for performing a particular action. In some embodiments, the one or more controls for performing a particular action are selected based on the predetermined category to which the feature card corresponds. In some embodiments, the one or more controls for performing one or more particular actions include a control to order the detected feature (e.g., order dandelions, purchase movie ticket), a control to look-up/obtain the detected feature (e.g., make a reservation), a control to launch an application associated with the detected feature (e.g., launching a dog walking application), an control to initiate out of the detected feature (e.g., play music, play movie). At  FIG.  12 K , computer system  600  detects tap input  1250   k   1  on exit control  1266  and swipe input  1250   k   2  on enlarged representation  1224   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  12 L , in response to detecting tap input  1250   k   1 , computer system  600  ceases to display feature card  1270 . In addition, in response to detecting swipe input  1250   k   2 , computer system  600  translates (or pans) enlarged representation  1224   b  such that book  1236  is enlarged and is displayed. Because a determination is made that a portion of the text (e.g., or the entire text) of book  1236  satisfies a set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  displays text management control  680  and bracket  636   l  around a portion of the words of book  1236 , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M . As illustrated in  FIG.  12 L , text management control  680  is displayed concurrently with additional information control  1226   a . As illustrated in  FIG.  12 L , text management control  680  is displayed to the left of feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e , which have been moved to the right. In some embodiments, text management control  680  is displayed at another location on computer system  600  and feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  are moved to accommodate the display of text management control  680 . In some embodiments, text management control  680  is displayed at another location on computer system  600  and feature indicators  1262   d - 1262   e  remain in the position in which they were previously displayed before text management control  680  is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, when a determination is made that at least one feature cannot be detected that belongs to a set of predetermined categories and/or when determination is made that a portion of the text in a displayed enlarged representation does not satisfy a set of prominence criteria, computer system  600  ceases to display additional information control  1226   a  and/or text management control  680 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to additional information control  1226   a , computer system  600  ceases to display the feature indicators that are displayed before the input was received and displays additional information control  1226   a  in an inactive state (e.g., de-emphasizes (e.g., does not bold) additional information control  1226   a )). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to text management control  680 , computer system  600  displays text management options using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z . 
     While  FIGS.  12 A- 12 L  are described above in the context of computer system  600  displays previously captured media. In some embodiments, computer system  600  uses one or more techniques described above in relation to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 L  while computer system  600  is displayed a live preview (e.g.,  630  of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M ). Thus, in some embodiment, computer system  600  can detect features and display feature indicators and feature cards while computer system  600  is displaying a live preview that represents the field of view of the one or more cameras. 
       FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for identifying visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1300  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 , and/or  600 ) that is in communication with a display generation component. Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1300  provides an intuitive way for identifying visual content in media. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for identifying visual content in media, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to identify visual content in media faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     Method  1300  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with (in some embodiments, one or more cameras (e.g., dual cameras, triple camera, quad cameras, etc.) on the same side or different sides of the computer system (e.g., a front camera, a back camera))) a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system). In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). 
     The computer system displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component, a media user interface (e.g., a media capture user interface, a media viewing user interface, a media editing user interface) that includes a representation (e.g.,  1224   a ,  1224   b ) of media (e.g., photo media, video media) (e.g., live media, a live preview (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a current field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has not been captured (e.g., in response to detecting a request to capture media (e.g., detecting selection of a shutter affordance)), previously captured media (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a previous field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has been captured, a media item that has been saved and is able to be accessed by a user at a later time, a representation of media that was displayed in response to receiving an input on a thumbnail representation of the media (e.g., in a media gallery)). 
     While displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, the computer system receives ( 1304 ) a request (e.g.,  1250   b ) to display additional information about (e.g., concerning, regarding) a plurality of detected features (e.g., automatically detected (e.g., detected without intervening user input and/or gestures, detected without a request to detect the features being received) in the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the request to display additional information is received in response to receiving an input (e.g.,  1250   b ) (e.g., a tap gesture) on a selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1226   a ) for displaying additional information, an input/gesture that corresponds to a swipe up gesture (e.g.,  1224   b ) (e.g., swipe up) on the media user interface. In some embodiments, the request to display additional information is received in response to receiving a request to display a changed (e.g.,  1250   g ) (e.g., zoomed in/out, panned left/right/up/down) version of a previous representation (e.g.,  1224   b ) of a media item that was displayed (e.g., receiving a pinch/de-pinch gesture and/or a swipe gesture on the previous representation (e.g.,  1224   b ) of the media that was displayed). 
     In response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1250   b ) to display additional information about the plurality of detected features and while displaying the media user interface that includes the representation of the media, the computer system displays ( 1306 ) one or more indications (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of detected features in the media, including a first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) (e.g., a visual representation that is a shape (e.g., a circle)) of a first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) that is displayed at a first location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location (e.g., displayed on/adjacent to) (e.g., displayed to represent that the first detected feature has been detected) of the first detected feature in the representation of the media, including: in accordance with ( 1308 ) a determination that the first detected feature is a first type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) (e.g., belongs to a first category (e.g., dogs, flowers and plants, landmarks, books, cats, paintings, album art, movie posters, shoes, accessories, clothing, groceries, animals, products (e.g., products for a particular company), furniture, people) of detected features), the first indication has a first appearance (e.g., a shape (e.g., circle, diamond) that has a particular color, highlighting); and in accordance with ( 1310 ) a determination that the first detected feature is a second type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) (e.g., belongs to a first category (e.g., dogs, flowers and plants, landmarks, books, cats, paintings, album art, movie posters, shoes, accessories, clothing, groceries, animals, products (e.g., products for a particular company), furniture, people) of detected features) that is different from the first type of feature, the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) has a second appearance (e.g., a shape (e.g., circle, diamond) that has a particular color, highlighting) that is different from the first appearance (e.g., different in a visual property (e.g., color, shape, highlighting, etc.) other than a location of the first indication in the representation of the media). Displaying the first indication with a different appearance based on the type of the detected feature provides the user with visual feedback of which type of detected feature has been detected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more indications (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of detected features (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) in the media includes a second indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of a second detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) that is displayed at a second location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location (e.g., displayed on/adjacent to) (e.g., displayed to represent that the second detected feature has been detected) of the second detected feature of the representation of the media, including: in accordance with a determination that the second detected feature is the first type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ), the second indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) has the first appearance (or another appearance (e.g., a third appearance)); and in accordance with a determination that the second detected feature is the second type of feature that is different from the first type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ), the second indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) has the second appearance (or another appearance (e.g., an appearance that is different from the third appearance)) that is different from the first appearance. Displaying the second indication with a different appearance based on the type of the detected feature provides the user with visual feedback of which type of detected feature has been detected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the first detected feature is concurrently displayed with the second indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the second detected feature. In some embodiments, the first detected feature is the first type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) and the second feature is the second type of feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) (and, in some embodiments, the first indication is displayed with a different visual appearance (e.g., a different color, a shape, etc., where each color of a respective indication corresponds to the respective type of features) as the second indication). Concurrently displaying the first indication of the first detected feature that is the first type of feature and the second indication of the second detected feature that is the second type of feature provides, at one instance in time, the user with visual feedback that multiple features have been detected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) is concurrently displayed with the second indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the second detected feature. In some embodiments, the first detected feature is different from the second detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). In some embodiments, the first detected feature is the first type of feature and the second feature is the first type of feature (and, in some embodiments, the first indication is displayed with the same visual appearance (e.g., a color, a shape, etc. that corresponds to the first type of feature) as the second indication). Concurrently displaying the first indication of the first detected feature that is the first type of feature and the second indication of the second detected feature that is the first type of feature provides, at one instance in time, the user with visual feedback that multiple features have been detected that are the same type of feature. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (or any indication) (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that has the first appearance is displayed with a first color (e.g., a first color that is representative of the first type of feature). In some embodiments, the first indication (or any indication) (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that has the second appearance is not displayed with the first color. In some embodiments, the first indication that has the second appearance is displayed with a second color that is different from the first color. In some embodiments, the computer system displays indications that have detected features of different types of detected features as having different colors. Displaying the first indication that has the first appearance is displayed with a first color or displaying the first indication that has the second appearance is not displayed with the first color provides the user with visual feedback and gives the user the ability to differentiate an indication of a detected feature that is a first type of feature from an indication of a detected feature that is a second type of feature. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (or any indication) (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that has the first appearance is displayed with a first graphical representation (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ,  1260   c   1 ) (e.g., an icon, a glyph) of the first type of feature. In some embodiments, the first indication (or any indication) (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that has the second appearance is displayed with a second graphical representation (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ,  1260   c   1 ) (e.g., an icon, a glyph) of the second type of feature that is different from the first graphical representation. In some embodiments, the computer system displays indications that have detected features of different types of detected features with different graphical representations. Displaying the first indication that has the first appearance with a different graphical representation that is displayed with the first indication the first indication that has the second appearance provides the user with visual feedback and gives the user the ability to differentiate, via the graphical representation, between an indication of a detected feature that is a first type of feature from an indication of a detected feature that is a second type of feature. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more indications (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of detected features (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) in the media includes a third indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of a third detected feature that is the first type of feature, a fourth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of a fourth detected feature that is the first type of feature, and a fifth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of a fifth detected feature that is the second type of feature. In some embodiments, the third indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) is displayed with the same appearance (e.g., first visual appearance) as the fourth indication (e.g., because the third indication and the fourth indication have detected features that are the same type of detected features). In some embodiments, the third indication is displayed with a different appearance (e.g., second visual appearance) than the fifth indication (e.g., because the third indication and the fifth indication have detected features that are a different type of detected feature). Displaying indications of detected features of the same type with a different appearance than indications of detected features of a different type provides the user with visual feedback and gives the user the ability to differentiate between indications of detected features of the same type from indications of detected features of the different type. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features the representation of the media, the computer system detects an input (e.g., a swipe gesture) (e.g.,  1250   g ) directed to a media library (e.g., a media library that is displayed as a part of the media user interface, a plurality of representation of media) (e.g.,  1212   a ,  1212   b ). In some embodiments, the input is a non-swipe gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, a hover gesture, and/or tap gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1250   g ) directed to the media library and in accordance with a determination that the input is in a first direction (e.g., direction of  1250   g ), the computer system receives the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features (e.g., information shown in  1282 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input ( 1250   h ) directed to the media library and in accordance with a determination that the input is in a second direction (e.g., direction that is not the same or opposite direction of  1250   g ) that is different from the first direction, the request to display additional information about the plurality of the detected features is not received (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  12 G ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the media library and in accordance with a determination that the input is in the second direction (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  12 G ), the computer system displays information about the media library (e.g.,  682 ) and does not display information (e.g.,  672 ) about the one or more indications of the detected features (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  12 G ). Receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features the representation of the media via detecting an input directed to a media library provides the user with additional control over the computer system by allowing a user to perform an input to display additional information without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first indication of the first detected feature, the computer system detects a first input (e.g.,  1250   e ,  1250   f ,  1250   j ) (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  1250   e ,  1250   f ,  1250   j ) directed to the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the first detected feature, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a first user interface object (e.g.,  1270 ,  1272 ,  1274 ) (e.g., a card (e.g., a knowledge card)) that includes information about the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) (e.g., a photo (e.g., a portion of the representation of the media) of the first detected feature, text concerning the detected feature (e.g., text describing the detected feature, a hyperlink concerning the detected feature)). In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface object includes sliding the first user interface object up from the bottom portion of the display generation component. Displaying the first user interface object that includes information about the first detected feature in response to detecting the first input directed to the first indication of the first detected feature provides the user with additional control over the computer system by allowing a user to control when more information about the first detected feature is displayed. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the information about the first detected feature includes a representation (e.g.,  1270   a ,  1272   a - 1272   c ,  1274 ) of a portion of the media that corresponds to (e.g., that includes a representation of the first detected feature) the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). Displaying information about the first detected feature includes a representation of a portion of the media that corresponds to the first detected feature provides the user with visual feedback and allows the user to identify that the displayed information corresponds to the first detected feature that is displayed in the representation of the media. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more indications of detected feature in media include a sixth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of a sixth detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface object (e.g.,  1270 ) that includes information about the first detected feature and the sixth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the sixth detected feature, the computer system detects an input (e.g., a tap gesture) (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the sixth indication of the sixth detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the sixth indication of the sixth detected feature, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface object (e.g.,  1272 ) (e.g., a card (e.g., a knowledge card)) that includes information about the sixth detected feature; and ceases to display, via the display generation component, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1270 ) that includes information about the first detected feature. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the sixth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) of the sixth detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ), the computer system replaces display of the first user interface object (e.g.,  1270 ) with display of the second user interface object (e.g.,  1272 ). Displaying a second user interface object that includes information about the sixth detected feature and ceasing to display the first user interface object that includes information about the first detected feature in response to detecting the input directed to the sixth indication of the sixth detected feature provides the user with additional control over the computer system by allowing a user to control when information about a particular detected feature is displayed. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying a second user interface object that includes information about the sixth detected feature and ceasing to display the first user interface object that includes information about the first detected feature in response to detecting the input directed to the sixth indication of the sixth detected feature provides the user with visual feedback that information about the sixth detected feature has been requested to be displayed and information about the first detected feature has not been requested to be displayed. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the information about the first detected feature includes an option (e.g.,  1274   e ) to perform an action (e.g., related to the first detected feature) (e.g., perform an action to obtain (e.g., display, buy, order, launch an application associated with) the first detected feature) (e.g., launch an application associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the detected feature, buy the detected feature (e.g., buy a movie ticket), make a reservation concerning the detected feature, playing a song associated with the detected feature). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to the option to perform an action, the computer system initiates a process for performing the action (e.g., displaying a user interface for performing the action). Displaying information that includes information to perform an action provides the user with visual feedback that an action can be performed that is related to the first detected feature. In some embodiments, the information about the first detected feature includes text (e.g., description(s), hour(s), article(s)) concerning the detected feature. In some embodiments, the information about the first detected feature includes a link to more content concerning the detected feature. In some embodiments, to display the information about the first detected feature, the computer system ceases to display one or more user interface objects (e.g.,  1410 ,  1420 ,  1470   a ,  1470   b ,  1470   a   1 ,  1470   b   1 ,  1472   a ,  1472   a   1 ,  1472   b ,  1472   b   1 ) and/or replaces display of the one or more user interface object with display of the information. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying information that includes information to perform an action provides the user with additional control over the computer system by allowing a user to cause an action to be performed when the option is selected. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more indications include a seventh indication of a seventh detected feature. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying, via the display generation component, the one or more indications of detected feature in the media, the computer system displays an animation (e.g., one or more of  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e  in  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E ) of the first indication being displayed before the seventh indication of the seventh feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) is displayed (and an eighth indication of the eighth feature being displayed before the first indication). In some embodiments, after displaying the animation, the first indication (e.g., one or more of  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) is concurrently displayed with the seventh indication (e.g., one or more of  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d - 1262   e ) (and the eighth indication). In some embodiments, the animation is an animation of the one or more indications gradually being displayed (e.g., in a sequence) (e.g., fading in) (e.g., where one indication fades in one after each other). Displaying an animation of the first indication being displayed before the seventh indication of the seventh feature is displayed provides the user with visual feedback concerning detected features in the representation of the media while allowing time for the detected features to be displayed on the display in sequence. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) of the first detected feature, the computer system detects a second input (e.g.,  1250   j ) (e.g., a tap gesture) (e.g., directed to the first indication of the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  1250   j ) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a third graphical representation (e.g., an icon, a glyph) (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ,  1260   c   1 ) of the first type of feature (e.g., concurrently with the first indication). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input directed to the first indication of the first detected feature, the first indication changes color. In some embodiments, the third graphical representation is displayed on top of a portion of the representation of the media and/or the third graphical representation is surrounded by content in the media. In some embodiments, the third graphical representation is displayed at a location that is adjacent to and/or next to the first indication. Displaying a third graphical representation of the first type of feature in response to detecting the second input directed to the first indication of the first detected feature provides the user with feedback concerning the type of feature that to which the first indication corresponds. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more indications (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) of detected feature in media include a ninth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) of a ninth detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). In some embodiments, while displaying the third graphical representation (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ) of the first type of feature and the ninth indication of the ninth detected feature, the computer system detects an input (e.g.,  1250   f ) (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the ninth indication of the ninth detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the ninth indication of the ninth detected feature, the computer system ceases to display, via the display generation component, the third graphical representation (e.g.,  1260   a   1 ) of the first type of feature. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the ninth indication of the ninth detected feature, the computer system displays a fourth graphical representation of a type of feature that corresponds to (e.g., is) the ninth detected feature. In some embodiments, the fourth graphical representation of the type of feature is displayed adjacent to (e.g., above) the ninth indication. Ceasing to display a third graphical representation of the first type of feature in response to detecting the input directed to the ninth indication of the ninth detected feature provides the user with feedback that the ninth indication does not correspond to the third graphical representation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) of the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ), the computer system detects a third input (e.g.,  1250   f ) (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a first user interface object (e.g., a card (e.g., a knowledge card)) (e.g.,  1272 ) that includes information (e.g.,  1272   a - 1272   c ) about the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ) (e.g., a photo (e.g., a portion of the representation of the media) of the first detected feature, text concerning the detected feature (e.g., text describing the detected feature, a hyperlink concerning the detected feature)) and information (e.g.,  1280 ) (e.g., a map (e.g., a map with a detected location (e.g., a location where the media was taken) corresponding to the media), metadata (e.g., a caption, an address, other metadata concerning to the representation of the media), people (e.g., one or more people detected in the representation of the media), memories (e.g., one or more memories and/or categories of the representation of the media), representations of one or more other media that was taken nearby the representation of the media and/or on the same day of the representation of the media, etc.) that correspond to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ,  1242 ). In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the first user interface object, the computer system slides (e.g., moves) the first user interface object up from the bottom portion of the display generation component. In some embodiments, information about the first detected feature is concurrently displayed with information that corresponds to the representation of media and does not correspond to the first detected feature. In some embodiments, while displaying the first user information object, at least some information about the detected feature is display while information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature is not displayed, the computer system detects an input directed to the first user interface object and, in response to detecting the input directed to the first user interface object, the computer system ceases to display at least some information about the detected feature and displays at least some information that corresponds to the representation of media and does not correspond to the first detected feature (and, in some embodiments, the computer systems scrolls the first user interface object to display at least some information that corresponds to the representation of media and does not correspond to the first detected feature. Displaying a first user interface object includes information about the first detected feature and information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature provides the user with feedback concerning the information related to the first detected feature and information related to the representation of the media in general without the need to display an additional user interface object. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature includes metadata (e.g., one or more of  1280 ) (e.g., a location) corresponding to the representation of the media (e.g., metadata corresponds to where the representation of media was taken). Displaying information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature that includes metadata corresponding to the representation of the media provides the user with feedback concerning information related to the representation of the media. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to (e.g., concern) the first detected feature includes one or more options (e.g.,  1282   f ) (or a plurality of options) for applying an effect (e.g., an animated image effect (e.g., displaying a sequence of images of the media in a loop, not displaying the sequence of images in the loop, applying an exposure (e.g., long exposure) to at least one of the images in the media, shaking and/or bouncing (e.g., moving the representation of media back and forth) the representation of the media) to the media)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection (e.g., a gesture directed to) the option for applying the effect to the media, the computer system applies the effect to the media. In some embodiments, the information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to (e.g., concern) the first detected feature is also displayed concurrently with information that corresponds to another detected feature. Displaying information that corresponds to the representation of the media and corresponds to the first detected feature includes one or more options for applying an effect provides the user with additional control by allowing a user to cause an effect to be applied to the displayed representation. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the computer system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature includes one or more links (e.g.,  1282   g ,  1282   h ) to related content in a media library (e.g., a media library (e.g., a media gallery) that can be accessed by the computer system (e.g., where the computer system can display a user interface corresponding to the media library)) (e.g., links to related media (e.g., photos, videos), locations, people associated with (e.g., included in) the representation of the media). Displaying information that corresponds to the representation of the media and does not correspond to the first detected feature that includes one or more links to related content in a media library provides the user with feedback concerning external information related to the representation of the media. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) is displayed at a first location on the display generation component in response to receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features. In some embodiments, the representation of the media (e.g.,  1224 ) is displayed with a first zoom level (before/after receiving the request to display additional information about the plurality of detected features). In some embodiments, while displaying the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ,  1262   d ,  1262   e ) of the first detected feature at the first location and the representation (e.g.,  1224   b ) of the media is displayed with a second zoom level, the computer system detects a fourth input (e.g.,  1250   f ) (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourth input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the first indication of the first detected feature, the computer system enlarges (e.g., zooming in/on) the representation (e.g.,  1224   b ) of the media and displays the representation of the media at a second location, wherein the second location is closer to the center of the display generation component than the first location. In some embodiments, as a part of enlarging (e.g., zooming in/on) the representation of the media and displaying the first location at a second location, the computer system zooms in and pans the representation of the media, such that the indication that the input was directed to (e.g., first indication) is near and/or at the center of the displayed portion of the representation (and/or the center of the display). Enlarging the representation of the media and displaying the first location at a second location in response to detecting the fourth input directed to the first indication of the first detected feature provides the user with feedback that the first indication has been selected and/or information is being displayed that corresponds to the first indication. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the plurality of detected feature includes a tenth detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) that is a tenth type of detected feature. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying, via the display generation component, the one or more indications, the computer system, in accordance with a determination that a tenth location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature cannot be determined, displays, via the display generation component, a tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that corresponds to the tenth detected feature at a predetermined location on the media user interface (e.g., below representation of the media, at a corner of the representation of the media) (e.g., a predetermined location that is different from the tenth location). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the tenth location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature (e.g.,  1232 ,  1234 ,  1242 ) can be determined, the computer system displays the tenth indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ) at the tenth location (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a tenth location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) cannot be determined, the tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) has a fifth visual appearance (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a tenth location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) cannot be determined, the tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) has a sixth visual appearance that is different from the fifth visual appearance (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  12 B- 12 E ). Automatically displaying, via the display generation component, a tenth indication that corresponds to the tenth detected feature at a predetermined location on the media user interface when prescribed conditions are satisfied allows the computer system to display an indication when a determination that a respective location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a respective location of a respective detected feature cannot be determined. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) displayed at the predetermined location (e.g., for places where the computer system could not figure out where to put an indication (e.g., a hotspot)) is concurrently displayed with the first indication (e.g.,  1260   a - 1260   c ) that is displayed at the first location (e.g., for places where the computer system could figure out where to put an indication). 
     In some embodiments, the plurality of detected features includes an eleventh detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ). In some embodiments, as a part of displaying, via the display generation component, the one or more indications, the computer system: in accordance with a determination that an eleventh location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature cannot be determined and a twelfth location that corresponds to a location of the eleventh detected feature cannot be determined and in accordance with a determination that the tenth detected feature and eleventh detected feature are a different type of detected feature, displays, via the display generation component, an eleventh indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) that corresponds to type of feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) of (e.g., of) eleventh detected feature at a second predetermined location in the media user interface; and in accordance with a determination that an eleventh location in the representation of the media that corresponds to a location of the tenth detected feature cannot be determined and a twelfth location that corresponds to a location of the eleventh detected feature cannot be determined and in accordance with a determination that the tenth detected feature and eleventh detected feature are a same type of detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ), forgoes displaying, via the display generation component, the eleventh indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ). Choosing whether to display the eleventh indication based on when prescribed conditions are satisfied allows the computer system to reduce the amount of indications that are displayed when a location of multiple detected features cannot be determined based on whether the detected features are the same type of detected or a different type of feature. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the tenth indication, the computer system detects an input (e.g., a tap gesture) directed to the tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   e ) when the tenth detected feature and eleventh detected feature are the same type of detected feature. In some embodiments, the input is a non-tap gesture (e.g., a rotational gesture, a press-and-hold gesture, a mouse/trackpad click/activation, a keyboard input, a scroll wheel input, and/or a hover gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the tenth indication (e.g.,  1262   e ), the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a user interface object (e.g.,  1272 ) that includes information about the tenth detected feature and information about the eleventh detected feature. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the tenth detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) and eleventh detected feature (e.g.,  1236 ,  1238 ,  1240 ) are different types of detected features, and while displaying the eleventh indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ), the computer system detects an input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the eleventh indication (e.g.,  1262   d - 1262   e ) and, in response to detecting the input directed to the eleventh indication, displays information (e.g.,  1272 ) about the eleventh detected feature without displaying information about the tenth detected feature (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  12 F- 12 G ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the tenth detected feature and eleventh detected feature are different types of detected features, and while displaying the tenth indication, the computer system detects an input (e.g.,  1250   f ) directed to the tenth indication and, in response to detecting the input directed to the tenth indication, displays information about the tenth detected feature without displaying information about the eleventh detected feature (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  12 F- 12 G ). Displaying a user interface object that includes information about the tenth detected feature and information about the eleventh detected feature in response to detecting the input directed to the tenth indication provides the user with feedback concerning detected features of the same type via one user interface object. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the media user interface, the computer system displays a first user interface object (e.g.,  1226   a ) for displaying additional information (e.g., a user interface object that includes an “i” icon) concurrently with a user interface object for (e.g.,  680 ) corresponding to one or more text management operations (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 M ,  FIGS.  7 E- 7 L ,  FIG.  8    and  FIG.  9   ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to the first user interface object for displaying information, the computer system receiving the request to display additional information. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the media, the computer system receives a request (e.g.,  1250   k   2 ) to display a second representation (e.g.,  1224   b ) of second media that is different from (e.g., a different media file having different content and/or data) the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the request to display a second representation of second media is received when the computer system detects a swipe gesture on the representation of the media when the computer system detects a tap gesture on a thumbnail representation of the media. In some embodiments, in response to receiving (e.g.,  1250   k   2 ) the request to display the second representation of second media that is different from the media and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the second media (and/or the media) includes one or more detected features, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface object (e.g.,  1226   a ) for displaying additional information (e.g., a user interface object that includes an “i” icon) (concurrently with the second representation of the second media). In some embodiments, in response to receiving (e.g.,  1250   k   2 ) the request to display the second representation of second media that is different from the media and in accordance with a determination that the representation of the media does not include the one or more detected feature, the computer system forgoes displaying, via the display generation component, the second user interface object (e.g.,  1226   a ) for displaying additional information (e.g., while displaying the second representation of the second media). In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface object for displaying additional media, the computer system detects an input directed to the user interface object for displaying additional information and, in response to detecting the input directed to the user interface object for displaying additional information, the request to display additional information about a plurality of detected features is received. Choosing whether to display user interface object for displaying additional information when prescribed conditions are satisfied allows the computer system to de-clutter the user interface by displaying the user interface object for displaying additional information when a determination is made that the respective representation of the media includes one or more detected features. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1300  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1300  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 L , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1300  (e.g.,  FIG.  13   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1500 , and  1700 . For example, detected features can be translated using method  1500 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 N  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for translating visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  15   . 
       FIG.  14 A  illustrates computer system  600  displaying a translation application user interface that includes translation control region  1402 , translation input field  1408 , and translation control region  1406 . Translation control region  1402  includes language input control  1402   a  and language output control  1402   b . In  FIG.  14 A , language input control  1402   a  indicates that computer system  600  will identify words (e.g., detected audio, text) to be translated as being German, and language output control  1402   b  indicates that computer system  600  output translated language in the English (United States) language. In other words, at  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  is configured to translate German words (and/or sentences, paragraphs, etc.) into English words (and/or sentences, paragraphs, etc.). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to language input control  1402   a , computer system  600  displays selectable options that allow a different input language to be chosen. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to language output control  1402   b , computer system  600  displays selectable options that allow a different output language to be chosen. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , translation input field  1408  is displayed above translation control region  1402  and below translation control region  1406 . Translation input field  1408  includes the instruction “ENTER TEXT” and is a text entry field that allows inserted text to be translated. As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , voice input control  1416  is displayed on top of a portion of translation input field  1408 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to voice input control  1416 , computer system  600  initiates a process to capture audio (e.g., live audio) and, after receiving the audio, computer system  600  can output a translation of the captured audio. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , translation control region  1406  includes translation input control  1406   a , camera translation control  1406   b , conversation translation control  1406   c , and favorites control  1406   d . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , translation input control  1406   a  is displayed as being selected because the translation application user interface of  FIG.  14 A  is displayed. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed to translation input control  1406   a , computer system  600  displays the translation application user interface of  FIG.  14 A . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to conversation translation control  1406   c , computer system  600  displays a conversation user interface, where computer system  600  is configured to perform bi-directional translation (e.g., translation between two languages, regardless of which language is output and/or input). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  is positioned over menu  1440 . German words  1444  (e.g., menu items) are on the left side of menu  1440  and include German words  1444   a - 1444   u . Thus, menu  1440  is a menu for people who can read and understand German. The right side of menu  1440  includes background images (e.g., of a building, of a flag) and no words. As illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  is positioned over the right side of menu  1440 . At  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   a  on camera translation control  1406   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , in response to detecting tap input  1450   a , computer system  600  displays camera translation control  1406   b  as being selected (e.g., “bolded”) and ceases to display translation input control  1406   a  as being selected (e.g., “not bolded”). As illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , in response to detecting tap input  1450   a , computer system  600  ceases to display translation input field  1408  of  FIG.  14 A  and displays camera control region  1404  at the location at which translation input field  1408  was previously displayed in  FIG.  14 A . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , camera control region  1404  includes media gallery control  1424  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a media gallery), media capture control  1410  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to pause the capture of one or more objects), and flashlight control  1426  (e.g., that, when selected, causes computer system  600  to turn on/off an external light that is in communication with computer system  600 ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 B , camera control region  1404  also includes live preview  1430 . At  FIG.  14 B , computer system  600  initiates one or more cameras of computer system  600  to capture data, such that computer system  600  is currently capturing one or more objects in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras in  FIG.  14 B . Live preview  1430  is a representation of the FOV (e.g., and/or data being captured). In some embodiments, live preview  1430  is displayed using one or more similar techniques as discussed above in relation to the display of live preview  630  of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z . 
     Similar to  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  is displayed over the right side of menu  1440  that includes the background images and no words in  FIG.  14 B . As a result, in  FIG.  14 B , live preview  1430  includes a portion of the background images on the right side of menu  1440  because the right side of the menu is in the FOV. At  FIG.  14 B , leftward movement of computer system  600  is initiated. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 C , computer system  600  is positioned over the left side of menu  1440  in  FIG.  14 B , which includes German words  1444   a - 1444   u  (e.g., shown in  FIG.  14 A ). As illustrated in  FIG.  14 C , computer system  600  updates live preview  1430 . At  FIG.  14 C , live preview  1430  is updated to show the portion of the left side of menu  1440  that is in the FOV, which includes German words  1444   c   1 - 1444   n  (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  14 A ). While displaying the portion of the left side of menu  1440  that is in the FOV, computer system  600  replaces (e.g., automatically without detecting an input on the display of computer system  600  and/or to control whether translation occurs) German words  1444   c   1 - 1444   n  (e.g., shown in  FIG.  14 A ) with translation objects  1446  (e.g.,  1446   c   1 - 1446   n ) at  FIG.  14 C . Each of translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  include an English translation of the corresponding German word that each of the translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  is position on top of in  FIG.  14 C . In  FIG.  14 C , translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  are computer-generated objects, which are displayed over (e.g., at the position of) each of German words  1444   c   1 - 1444   n  to which each translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  corresponds. Thus, in  FIG.  14 C , portions of German words  1444   c   1 - 1444   n  (as shown in  FIG.  14 A ) are not represented in live preview  1430  because translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  are displayed on top of German words  1444   c   1 - 1444   n . In some embodiments, translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  have visual appearances that are determined by the visual appearance of content (e.g., words, images, background) of menu  1440 . In some embodiments, one or more of translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  are the same color, texture, size, shape and/or include text in the same font as the content of menu  1440 . In some embodiments, all of the translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  do not have the same visual appearance (e.g., background color, texture, size, font, tone, and/or shape). In some embodiments, the visual appearance of one or more of translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  is determined by the particular underlying content positioned underneath translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n . At  FIG.  14 C , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   c  on translation object  1446   e  (“EGGS”). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 D , in response to detecting tap input  1450   c , computer system  600  displays translation card  1470  and ceases to display a portion of live preview  1430  that was previously displayed in  FIG.  14 C  and translation control region  1406  (e.g., in  FIG.  14 A ). While displaying translation card  1470 , computer system  600  continues to display some of translation objects  1446  that were previously displayed in  FIG.  14 C  (e.g.,  1446   c   1 - 1446   j  of  FIG.  14 C ) and ceases to display some of translation objects  1446  (e.g.,  1446   k - 1446   n  of  FIG.  14 C ) that were previously displayed in  FIG.  14 C . In some embodiments, computer system  600  slides translation card  1470  up from the bottom of the display in response to detect tap input  1450   c.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 D , translation card  1470  is a translation card for the word “EGGS” that corresponds to translation object  1446   e . Translation card  1470  includes exit control  1466  (e.g., that, when selected, causes translation card  1470  to cease to be displayed), source word section  1470   a , translated word section  1470   b , copy-translation control  1480 , and add-to-favorites control  1482 . Source word section  1470   a  includes an indication of the source word (“EIR”) (e.g., word to be translated), the language (“GERMAN”) of the source word, and source word output control  1470   a   1 . As used herein, the source word is captured by one or more cameras of computer system  600  and is a part of menu  1440  (e.g.,  1444   e  in  FIG.  14 A ). Translated word section  1470   b  includes an indicator of the translated word (e.g., “EGGS”), the language of the translated word (e.g., “ENGLISH”), and translated word output control  1470   b   1 . The translated word (e.g., EGGS) is included in the selected translated object (e.g.,  1446   e  that was selected via tap input  1450   c  at  FIG.  14 C ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to source word output control  1470   a   1 , computer system  600  output an audible indication (e.g., voice output) corresponding to (e.g., of) the source word. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to translated word output control  1470   b   1 , computer system  600  outputs an audible indication (e.g., voice output) corresponding to (e.g., of) the translated word (e.g., an audible uttering of the translated word). In some embodiments, the audible indication of a word includes audible output of a pronunciation of the word, a phrase that includes the words, the definitions of the word, etc. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to copy-translation control  1480 , computer system  600  copies the translated word and/or copies the translated card into a copy buffer so that the translated word and/or translated card can be pasted in one or more applications. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to add-to-favorites control  1482 , computer system  600  adds (or saves) the translation card to a list of translation cards (e.g., a predetermined list, a user-designated and/or created list). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays an option to share the translation card concurrently with translation card  1470 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to the option to share while translation card  1470  is displayed, computer system  600  initiates a process for sharing the translation card with one or more other computer systems and/or via one or more applications (e.g., a messaging application, an e-mail application, a video conferencing application, a word processing application, etc.). In some embodiments, computer system  600  indicates that translation object  1446   e  is selected while translation card  1470  is concurrently displayed with translation object  1446   e . At  FIG.  14 D , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   d  on translation object  1446   d  (“CHICKEN”). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 E , in response to detecting tap input  1450   d , computer system  600  ceases to display translation card  1470  and displays translation card  1472  at the position in which translation card  1470  was previously displayed (e.g., replaces translation card  1470  with translation card  1472 ). While displaying translation card  1472 , computer system  600  continues to display translation objects  1446  that were previously displayed in  FIG.  14 D . Translation card  1472  is a translation card for the word “CHICKEN” that corresponds to translation object  1446   d  (e.g., translation card  1470  of  FIG.  14 C  corresponds to a different word than translation card  1472  of  FIG.  14 D ). Translation card  1472  includes exit control  1466 , source word section  1472   a , translated word section  1472   b , copy-translation control  1480 , and add-to-favorites control  1482 . Source word section  1472   a  includes an indication of the source word (“HANCHMEN”), the language (“GERMAN”) of the source word, and source word output control  1472   a   1 . Translated word section  1472   b  includes an indication of the translated word (“CHICKEN”), the language (“ENGLISH”) of the translated word, and translated word output control  1472   b   1 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  using one or more similar techniques with those described in relation to display and response to source word output control  1472   a   1  and translated word output control  1472   b   1  as described above in relation to source word output control  1470   a   1  and translated word output control  1470   b   1 , respectively. In some embodiments, translation card  1472  is displayed using one more techniques as described above in relation to displaying translation card  1472  of  FIG.  14 D . At  FIG.  14 E , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   e   1  on add-to-favorites and detects tap input  1450   e   2  on exit control  1466 . In addition, downward movement of computer system  600  is initiated. 
     At  FIG.  14 F , in response to detecting tap input  1450   e   1 , computer system  600  adds translation card  1472  to a list of translation cards (e.g., that can be retrieved by a user selecting favorites control  1406   d , which is further discussed below in relation to  FIG.  14 K ). 
     At  FIG.  14 F , in response to detecting tap input  1450   e   2 , computer system  600  ceases to display translation card  1472  and re-displays translation control region  1406  along with media gallery control  1424 , media capture control  1410 , and flashlight control  1426 . In addition, because no translation card is displayed, computer system  600  increases the area of live preview  1430  (e.g., re-displays a portion of live preview  1430  that was not previously displayed while translation card  1472  was displayed). 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 F , computer system  600  has moved downward and is positioned over a lower portion of menu  1440  that it was previously positioned over in  FIG.  14 E . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 F , computer system  600  updates live preview  1430 , such that translation objects  1446   p - 1446   u  are shown over the position of German words  1444   p - 1444   u  on menu  1440  (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  14 A ). Thus, at  FIG.  14 F , computer system  600  displays translation objects for words that are in the FOV, such that the words in the FOV are translated and displayed in live preview  1430  dynamically (e.g., as computer system  600  is moved around menu  1440 ). While  FIG.  14 F  is not illustrated with a translation card displayed (e.g., such as translation cards  1470 - 1472 ), computer system  600  can also update live preview  1430  dynamically (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 E- 14 F ) while a respective translation card is displayed. In some embodiments, whether or not computer system  600  displays a translation card does not impact computer system  600 &#39;s ability to update live preview  1430  dynamically (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 E- 14 F ). However, in some embodiments, while a translation card is displayed, computer system  600  maintains display of live preview  1430  without updating live preview  1430  dynamically. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays translation objects  1446   p - 1446   u , using one or more similar techniques as those described above in relation to translation objects  1446   c   1 - 1446   n  in  FIG.  14 C . At  FIG.  14 F , upward movement of computer system  600  is initiated. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 G , computer system  600  has moved upward back to the position in which it was at  FIGS.  14 C- 14 E . Thus, computer system  600  displays translation objects  1446  of  FIG.  14 G  using one or more similar techniques as those described above in relation to  FIG.  14 C- 14 E . At  FIG.  14 G , computer system  600  detects de-pinch input  1450   g  on live preview  1430 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 H , in response to detecting de-pinch input  1450   g , computer system  600  increases the zoom level of live preview  1430 , such that&#39;s objects in the FOV are displayed at an enlarged size as compared to how the objects were displayed in  FIG.  14 G . While live preview  1430  is displayed at an increased zoom level in  FIG.  14 H , computer system  600  increases the sizes of some of translation objects  1446  that were displayed in  FIG.  14 G  while ceasing to display some of the translation objects  1446  that were displayed in  FIG.  14 G . At  FIG.  14 H , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   h  on media capture control  1410 . 
     At  FIG.  14 I , in response to detecting tap input  1450   h , computer system  600  pauses the capture of data (e.g., media) in the FOV and/or freezes (e.g., ceases to dynamically update) live preview  1430 . In addition, computer system  600  replaces media capture control  1410  of  FIG.  14 H  with media capture control  1412  (e.g., “X”) of  FIG.  14 I  and continues to display media gallery control  1424 . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 I , in response to detecting tap input  1450   h , computer system  600  displays share control  1428  along with media capture control  1412 . In particular, computer system  600  replaces flashlight control  1426  of  FIG.  14 H  with share control  1428  of  FIG.  14 I . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to share control  1428 , computer system  600  initiates a process to share an image of live preview  1430  (e.g., that includes translation objects  1446 ) with one or more computer systems and/or applications (e.g., messaging application, e-mail applications, video conference applications, word processing applications, etc.). In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input directed to share control  1428 , computer system  600  initiates a process to share an image of live preview  1430  while a translation card is not displayed. At  FIG.  14 I , downward movement of computer system  600  is initiated. 
     As illustrate in  FIG.  14 J , computer system  600  has moved down to the position in which computer system  600  was previously at  FIG.  14 H . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 J , computer system  600  does not update live preview  1430  after being moved. Thus, unlike in  FIG.  14 H  when computer system  600  updated live preview  1430  after being moved, computer system  600  does not update live preview  1430  of  FIG.  14 J  after being moved because computer system  600  has paused the capture of data (e.g., media) in the FOV and/or frozen (e.g., ceases to dynamically update) live preview  1430 . At  FIG.  14 J , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   j   1  on media capture control  1412  and detects tap input  1450   j   2  on favorites control  1406   d.    
     At  FIG.  14 K , in response to detecting tap input  1450   j   1 , computer system  600  continues the capture of data (e.g., media) in the FOV and/or is configured to dynamically update live preview  1430 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 K , in response to detecting tap input  1450   j   2 , computer system  600  displays favorites user interface  1488 . Favorites user interface  1488  includes saved translation card  1462  that corresponds to translation card  1472  of  FIG.  14 E  (e.g., that was saved and/or added to the list of translation cards in response to the detection of tap input  1450   e   1 ). Translation card  1462  includes one or more user interface objects that were included in translation card  1472 , such as source word section  1472   a  (e.g., “GERMAN”, “HANCHMEN”), translated word section  1472   b  (e.g., “EGGS”, “CHICKEN”), and audio output control  1462   d . Translation card  1462  also includes one or more user interface objects that were not included in translation card  1472 , such as translation image  1462   c . Translation image  1462   c  is an image of a portion of the menu  1440  (e.g., as evident by the portion of an egg displayed next to “HANCHMEN” being displayed on menu  1440  and in translation image  1462   c ) that includes the word (e.g., “HANCHMEN,”  1444   d  in  FIG.  14 A ) corresponding to translation card  1462 . In some embodiments, favorites user interface  1488  includes one or more other translation cards that correspond to translation cards that have been selected (e.g., favorited) by a user of the computer system to be included in the list of favorited translation cards. 
     Notably, in  FIG.  14 K , favorites user interface  1488  does not display a translation card as a favorite translation card that corresponds to translation card  1470  of  FIG.  14 D . This is at least because translation card  1470  was not selected as being a favorite in  FIG.  14 D  (e.g., add-to-favorites control  1482  was not selected while translation card  1470  was displayed). However, favorites user interface  1488  does include translation card  1460  that corresponds to translation card  1470  as a recent translation card and/or a translation card that was recently accessed and/or displayed (e.g., via detecting an input directed to a translation object). At  FIG.  14 K , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   k  on camera translation control  1406   b.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 L , in response to detecting tap input  1450   k , computer system  600  ceases to display favorites user interface  1488  and re-displays camera control region  1404  that includes live preview  1430  and media gallery control  1424 . At  FIG.  14 L , computer system  600  detects tap input  14501  on media gallery control  1424 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 M , in response to detecting tap input  14501 , computer system  600  ceases to display the controls in translation control region  1406  and display of media gallery control  1424 , media capture control  1410 , and flashlight control  1426 . In addition, in response to detecting tap input  14501 , computer system  600  displays thumbnail representations  1432 , where are thumbnails that correspond to previously captured media. Thumbnail representations  1432  occupy two rows and take up the position that translation control region  1406 , media gallery control  1424 , media capture control  1410 , and flashlight control  1426  occupied previously in  FIG.  14 L . Thumbnail representations  1432  includes thumbnail representation  1432   a , which is a representation of a phone of a sign with German language that reads, “FAHRRADSTRABE ANLIEGER FREI”. At  FIG.  14 M , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450   m  on thumbnail representation  1432   a.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  14 N , in response to detecting tap input  1450   m , computer system  600  displays enlarged representation  1454   a , which corresponds to the same media item represented by thumbnail representations  1432 . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 N , enlarged representation  1454   a  includes translation objects  1496   a - 1496   c , which is the English translation (e.g., “BIKE STREET RESIDENT FREE”) of the German language (e.g., “FAHRRADSTRAßE ANLIEGER FREI”) on the sign shown in thumbnail representation  1432   a . As illustrated in  FIG.  14 N , translation objects  1496   a - 1496   c  is displayed over (e.g., in the position of) each of the individual German words on the sign represented in enlarged representation  1454   a , using one or more similar techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIG.  14 C . Thus, as shown in  FIGS.  14 M- 14 N , computer system  600  can translate text/symbols included in previously captured media as well as text/symbols included in the FOV (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 L ) and/or while displaying a live preview of media. 
       FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for translating visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1500  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 , and/or  600 ) that is in communication with one or more cameras, one or more input devices, and a display generation component. Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1500  provides an intuitive way for translating visual content in media. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for translating visual content in media, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to translate visual content in media faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     Method  1500  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, a tablet) that is in communication with one or more cameras (e.g., one or more cameras (e.g., dual cameras, triple camera, quad cameras, etc.) on the same side or different sides of the computer system (e.g., a front camera, a back camera))), a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system), and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). 
     The computer system receives ( 1502 ) a request (e.g.,  1450   a ) to display a representation (e.g.,  1224   a ,  1224   b ) (e.g., live media, a live preview, a previously captured media) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, the request to display a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras when the computer system is moved, when an input/gesture has been detected on a selectable user interface object (e.g., a user interface object for opening a media capture user interface, a user interface object for translating captured media). 
     In response to ( 1504 ) receiving (e.g.,  1450   a ) the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system displays ( 1506 ), via the display generation component, the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, wherein the representation includes text (e.g., original text, text captured in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras) (e.g., one or more words) that is in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. 
     In response to ( 1504 ) receiving (e.g.,  1450   a ) the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system automatically (e.g., without intervening user input and/or gestures, without receiving a request to display the translated text) displays ( 1508 ) (e.g., concurrently with (and/or on) the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras), via the display generation component, a plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ) of translated text (textual indications (e.g., textual indications with highlighting)) that include a first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) of a translation of a first portion (e.g.,  1444 ) of the text and a second indication (e.g.,  1446 ) of a translation of a second portion (e.g.,  1444 ) of the text. In some embodiments, the plurality of indications is displayed at a location corresponding to the original text that has been translated. In some embodiments, automatically displaying the plurality of indications (textual indications (e.g., textual indications with highlighting)) includes automatically translating the text of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ), the computer system replaces the respective portion of the text (e.g., “EIER” as shown in  FIG.  14 B,  1444     e  in  FIG.  14 A ) with the respective translated portion of the text (e.g., “EGGS” as shown in  FIG.  14 C,  1446     e ) (and maintains display of one or more portions of the text that have not been translated and/or maintains one or more portions (e.g., picture of waffle in  FIGS.  14 C- 14 F ) of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that does not include text (e.g., an image and/or background in the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that does not include the text)) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 C- 14 F ). 
     The computer system, while displaying, via the display generation component, the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) and the second indication (e.g.,  1446 ), receives ( 1510 ), via the one or more inputs devices, a request (e.g.,  1450   c ,  1450   d ) to select a respective indication (e.g.,  1446 ) of the plurality of translated portions (e.g., a symbol (e.g., box) surrounding and/or covering the original text (e.g., untranslated, original text)). 
     In response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1450   c ,  1450   d ) to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ), the computer system displays ( 1512 ), via the display generation component, a first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) (e.g., a translation card) that includes the first portion (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1472   a ) of the text and the translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the first portion of the text without including the translation of the second portion (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the text (e.g., without displaying a translation user interface object that corresponds to a second incitation of the plurality of indications, where the second indication is different from the first indication and corresponds to a translation of the second portion text (e.g., that is different from the first portion of the text) that is different from the translation of the first portion of the text). In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1446   e ) includes the translation of the first portion (e.g.,  1444   e ) of the text (and does not include the translation of the second portion (e.g.,  1444   d ) of the text). In some embodiments, the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) is displayed concurrently with the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ) and/or the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., is displayed with the text (e.g., the original text or the untranslated portion of the text that corresponds to the first portion of the text) and/or a translation of one or more portions of the text) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 C and  14 D ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request ( 1450   c ,  1450   d ) to select the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ), the first indication is updated to show that the first indication is selected (e.g., highlighted) (e.g., changes from being in an unselected visual state to a selected visual state) (e.g., without the second indication being updated to show that the second indication is selected). 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving (e.g.,  1450   c ,  1450   d ) the request to select the respective indication, in accordance with a determination that the request is a request to select the second indication, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) that includes a second portion of the text (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1472   a ) and the translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the second portion of the text without including a translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the first portion of the text. In some embodiments, the second indication includes the translation of the second portion of the text (and does not include the translation of the first portion of the text). In some embodiments, the second translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) is displayed concurrently with the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ) and/or the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., is displayed with the text (e.g., the original text or the untranslated portion of the text that corresponds to the first portion of the text) and/or a translation of one or more portions of the text) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 C and  14 D ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving (e.g.,  1450   c ,  1450   d ) the request to select the second indication (e.g.,  1446   d ,  1446   e ), the second indication is updated to show that the second indication is selected (e.g., highlighted) (e.g., changes from being in an unselected visual state to a selected visual state) (e.g., without the first indication being updated to show that the first indication is selected) (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E ). Displaying the second translation user interface object when certain prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in response to receiving the request to select the respective indication and in accordance with the determination that the request is a request to select the second indication) automatically provides the user with the ability to decide what portion of text the user would like to have translated. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) includes (e.g., one or more of) a pronunciation option (e.g.,  1470   a   1 ,  1472   a   1 ) (e.g., a play icon) that, when activated, causes the computer system to output an indication of how to pronounce the first portion (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1472   a ) of text and a pronunciation option (e.g.,  1470   b   1 ,  1472   b   1 ) (e.g., a play icon) that, when activated, causes the computer system to output an indication of how to pronounce the translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the first portion of text. In some embodiments, the pronunciation option that indicates how to pronounce the first portion of text is displayed adjacent to and/or on the same row and/or column as the first portion of the text. In some embodiments, the pronunciation option (e.g.,  1470   a   1 ,  1472   a   1 ) (e.g., a play icon) that indicates how to pronounce the translation of the first portion of text (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1472   a ) is displayed adjacent to and/or on the same row and/or column as the translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ) of the first portion of the text. In some embodiments, the computer system detects selection of the pronunciation option (e.g.,  1470   a   1 ,  1472   a   1 ) that indicates how to pronounce the first portion of text (e.g.,  1470   a ,  1472   a ), and in response to detecting a selection of the pronunciation option that indicates how to pronounce the first portion of text, the computer system outputs (e.g., via one or more speakers of the computer system) a response (e.g., an audible response, a visual response) includes a pronunciation of the first portion of the text (e.g., and does not include a pronunciation of the translation of the first portion of text (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 E ). In some embodiments, the computer system detects selection of the pronunciation option (e.g.,  1470   b   1 ,  1472   b   1 ) that indicates how to pronounce the translation of first portion of text (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ), and in response to detecting a selection of the pronunciation option that indicates how to pronounce the first portion of text, the computer system outputs (e.g., via one or more speakers of the computer system) a response (e.g., an audible response, a visual response) includes a pronunciation of the translation (e.g.,  1470   b ,  1472   b ), of the first portion of the text (e.g., and does not include a pronunciation of the first portion of text) (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 E ). Including a pronunciation option that, when activated, causes the computer system to output an indication of how to pronounce the first portion of text in the first translation user interface object provides the user with visual feedback regarding the accurate pronunciation of the first portion of text. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. Including a pronunciation option that, when activated causes the computer system to output an indication of how to pronounce the translation of the first portion of text provides the user with visual feedback regarding the accurate pronunciation of the translation of the first portion of text. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a representation (e.g.,  1454   a ) of the previously captured media (e.g., media that is displayed and/or has previously been displayed as being a part of a media gallery) (e.g., a representation of a still photo). In some embodiments, the representation of the previously captured media does not change as one or more objects in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras change (e.g., move out/in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, move within the field-of-view of the one or more cameras). 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a representation (e.g.,  1430 ) (e.g., live representation) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that is currently being captured (e.g., a representation of non-previously captured media and/or media that is not displayed and/or has not been previously displayed as being a part of a media gallery) (e.g., not a representation of a still photo). In some embodiments, the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that is currently being captured changes as one or more objects in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras change (e.g., move out/in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, move within the field-of-view of the one or more cameras). 
     In some embodiments, after (and/or while) displaying the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ), the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a request (e.g., input on  1428 ) to share the first translation user interface object that includes an input detected while displaying the translation user interface object. In some embodiments, the request to share the first translation user interface object is detected when the first translation user interface object has been saved for later retrieval by a user. In some embodiments, the request to share the first translation user interface object includes a series of inputs (e.g., a first input on a share affordance and a second input that corresponds to selection of a recipient). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g., input on  1428 ) to share the first translation user interface object, the computer system transmits (e.g., indirectly (e.g., via one or more services) and/or directly transmitting) media corresponding to the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) to one or more other computer systems. In some embodiments, the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object includes the first portion of text and the translation of the first portion of text and/or one or more other components (e.g., portion of the representation of the field-of-view of one or more cameras that corresponds to first translation user interface object (e.g., a photo of the first portion of the text from the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, where, in some embodiments, the photo does not include the second portion of the text)). In some embodiments, as a part of receiving the request to share the first user interface object, the computer system detects an input directed to a selectable user interface object and, in response to detecting the input directed to a selectable user interface object, initiates a process for sharing. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input on the option to share, the computer system transmits media corresponding to the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field of view of the one or more cameras that includes one or more translation objects (e.g.,  1446 ) (e.g., when the first user interface object is not displayed when the input on the option to share is received). Transmitting media corresponding to the first translation user interface object when certain prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in response to receiving the request to share the first user interface object) automatically allows the user the ability to quickly and efficiently distribute the translation of various texts among a plurality of various computer systems. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Transmitting media corresponding to the first translation user interface object to one or more computer systems in response to receiving the request to share the first user interface object reduces the number of inputs the user must perform to share media corresponding to the first translation user interface object. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ), the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a request (e.g.,  1450   e   1 , input on  1480 ) to save the first translation user interface object. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1450   e   1 , input on  1480 ) to save the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ), the computer system saves media corresponding to the first translation user interface object to a library of translations (e.g.,  1404  in  FIG.  14 K ) that is accessible on the computer system (e.g.,  600 ). In some embodiments, as a part of saving media corresponding to the first translation user interface object, the computer system adds media corresponding to the first translation user interface object to a plurality of previously saved user interface objects and/or saving media corresponding to the first translation user interface object as a favorite media item. In some embodiments, after saving the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object and in response to receiving a request to display previously saved media items (e.g., previously favorited media items), the computer system displays the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object. In some embodiments, media (e.g.,  1462   c ) corresponding to the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) is visually different (e.g., includes one or more components (e.g., a photo of the first portion of the text) that are not included in the first translation user interface object and includes one or more components (e.g., the first portion of the text, translation of the first portion of the text) that are included in the first translation user interface object) from the first translation user interface object (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 K ). Saving the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object to a library of translations that is accessible on the computer system when certain prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in response to receiving the request to save the first translation user interface object reduces the number of inputs the user must perform to save media corresponding to the first translation user interface object) automatically allows a user the ability to quickly access the translation of the text at a future date in time. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Saving the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object to a library of translations that is accessible on the computer system in response to receiving the request to save the first translation user interface object reduces the number of inputs the user must perform to save media corresponding to the first translation user interface object. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ), the computer system receives, via the one or more inputs devices, a request (e.g., an input on  1428 ) to share the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g., an input on  1428 ) to share the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system transmits media (e.g., a photo) that includes at least a portion of the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ). In some embodiments, as a part of receiving the request to share (e.g., an input on  1428 ) the first user interface object (e.g.,  1428 ), the computer system detects, while displaying the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the plurality of indications, an input/gesture directed to a selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1428 ) that, when selected, initiates a process for sharing (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 I ). Transmitting media that includes at least a portion of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the plurality of indications when certain prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in response to a request to share the representation of the field-of-view) automatically allows the user the ability to quickly and efficiently distribute the plurality of indications and the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras among a plurality of various computer systems. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Transmitting both the media that includes at least a portion of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and the plurality of indications in response to a request to share the representation of the field-of-view reduces the number of inputs the user must perform to transmit the media. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with a light source (e.g., a light source that is adjacent to at least one of the one or more cameras). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is in a first active capture state (e.g., a non-paused captured state) (e.g., as evident by displaying  1410 ), displays at a first location in the user interface, via the display generation component, a selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1426 ) that, when selected, changes an operation state (e.g., on/off) of the light source (e.g., on a display, on a user interface) location (e.g., without displaying the second selectable user interface object); and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not in the first active capture state (e.g., a paused capture state) (e.g., as evident by displaying  412 ), displaying at the first location in the user interface, via the display generation component, a selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1428 ) that, when selected, initiates a process for sharing (e.g., sharing media (e.g., a photo) corresponds to translation of at least a portion of the representation of the field-of-view, sharing media corresponding to the first translation user interface object) (e.g., without displaying the selectable user interface object that changes the operation state of the light source). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection (e.g., input/gesture directed to the selectable user interface object controlling a light) of the selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1426 ), the light source is turned on/off (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 H ). In some embodiments, as a part of initiating the process for sharing (e.g., by selection of  1428 ), the computer system causes media that corresponds to a translation of at least a portion of the representation of the field-of-view to be sent to one or more other devices (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  14 I ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection (e.g., input/gesture directed to the selectable user interface object (e.g.,  1428 ) that initiates the process for sharing) of the second selectable user interface object, the computer system transmits media corresponding to the translation of at least a portion of the representation of the field-of-view to be sent to one or more other devices (e.g., as described above in relation for  FIG.  14 I ). In some embodiments, the selectable user interface object that changes an operation of the light source is visually different from the selectable user interface object that initiates a light source for sharing. In some embodiments, a user interface object (e.g.,  1412 ) is displayed that, when selected, causes the computer to be in the first active capture state and/or a user interface object (e.g.,  1410 ) is displayed that, when selected, causes the computer to not be in the first active capture state. Displaying at the first location in the user interface a first selectable user interface object when prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not in the active captured state) automatically provides the user with an indication with respect to the state of the system. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. Displaying at the first location in the user interface the first selectable user interface object in accordance with a determination that the computer system is in a first active capture state and displaying at the first location in the user interface the second selectable user interface object in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not in the first active capture state provides the user the ability to perform a variety of state-specific functions without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the computer system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) is displayed irrespective of whether or not the computer system is in a second active capture state (e.g., a non-paused captured state, the first active capture state). In some embodiments, while displaying a favorited user interface, the computer system displays media corresponding to the first translation user interface object. In some embodiments, the media corresponding to the first translation user interface object is visually different (e.g., includes one or more components (e.g., a photo of the first portion of the text) that are not included in the first translation user interface object and includes one or more components (e.g., the first portion of the text, translation of the first portion of the text) that are included in the first translation user interface object) from the first translation user interface object. Displaying the first user interface object irrespective of whether or not the computer system is in a second active capture state provides the user with constant improved visual feedback regarding the translation of selected text while the capture state of the computer system varies between active capture states. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a first portion of the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) (e.g., at least a portion) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., a representation of previously captured media and/or a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that is currently being captured) is concurrently displayed with the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ). Concurrently displaying the first portion of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras with the first translation user interface object provides the user with improved visual feedback by allowing the user to view and analyze the contents the field of view of the one or more cameras of the system while also viewing and analyzing the contents of the first translation user interface object. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of displaying, via the display generation component, the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system, in response to a change (e.g., in response to detecting a change) in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is in a third active capture state (e.g., a non-paused captured state, the first active capture state), updating, via the display generation component, the representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIGS.  14 E- 14 G ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras to reflect the change in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., while the first translation user interface object is displayed); and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not in the active capture state (e.g., a paused capture state), forgoing updating, via the display generation component, the representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIGS.  14 I- 14 J ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras to reflect the change in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., while the first translation user interface object is displayed). In some embodiments, the change in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a change is detected when movement of the one or more cameras is detected, when one or more objects are detected to have moved in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., irrespective of whether the one or more cameras has moved, etc.). In some embodiments, while the computer system is in the active capture state, a shutter selectable user interface object (e.g., a circle) is displayed, and an exit icon or a pause selectable user interface object (e.g., “X”) is not displayed. In some embodiments, while the computer system is not in the active capture state, a shutter selectable user interface object (e.g., a circle) is not displayed, and an exit selectable user interface object or a pause selectable user interface object (e.g., “X”) is displayed. Forgoing updating the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras to reflect that change in the field-of-view when prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not in the active captured state) automatically provides the user with an indication with respect to the state of the system. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the updated representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is displayed concurrently with the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ). Concurrently displaying the updated representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras with the first translation user interface object provides the user with improved visual feedback by allowing the user to maintain a view of the first translation user interface object while the user changes (e.g., pans the computer system) the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a second portion (e.g., an upper portion) of the representation (e.g., at least a portion) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., a representation of previously captured media and/or a representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras that is currently being captured) is concurrently displayed with the first translation user interface object. In some embodiments, while displaying, via the display generation component, the second portion of the representation (e.g.,  1430 ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras concurrently with the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ), the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a request (e.g.,  1450   e   2 ) to cease displaying the first translation user interface object. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1450   e   2 ) to the computer system ceases displaying the first user interface object, ceasing to display, via the display generation component, the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ,  1472 ) and displaying a portion (e.g., a bottom portion) of the representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIGS.  14 E- 14 F ) that was not previously displayed while the first translation user interface object was displayed (e.g., that is different from the second portion of the representation). In some embodiments, the portion of the representation that was not previously displayed was displayed before the first translation user interface object was displayed and/or before the request to select the respective indication of the plurality of translated portions was received. 
     In some embodiments, as a part of automatically displaying, via the display generation component, the plurality of indications (e.g.,  1446 ) of translated text, the computer system displays the first indication (e.g.,  1446  (e.g.,  1446   d )) of the translation of the first portion (e.g.,  1444  (e.g.,  1444   d )) of text on top of (at least a subset/portion of) the first portion of the text. In some embodiments, when the first indication of the translation of the first portion is displayed on top of (at least a subset/portion of) the first portion of the text, the (at least a subset/portion of) first portion of the text is not visible and/or the computer system does not display the first portion of the text. Displaying the first indication of the translation of the first portion of text on top of the first portion of text provides the user with improved visual feedback regarding which portion of text corresponds to each indication in the plurality of indications. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first portion (e.g.,  1444 ) of text is displayed with (e.g., has) a first color (e.g., the first portion of text is the first color and/or the first portion of text is displayed on top of content and/or an object (e.g., in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras) that is (or includes) the first color. In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) (e.g., the background of a portion of the indication, the translation of the first portion of the text) of the translation is displayed with the first color. In some embodiments, the second portion (e.g.,  1444 ) of text is displayed with a second color (e.g., the second portion of text is the second color and/or the second portion of text is displayed on top of content or an object (e.g., in the field-of-view of the one or more cameras) that is (or includes) the second color) that is different from the first color. In some embodiments, the second indication (e.g.,  1446 ) (e.g., the background of a portion of the indication, the translation of the second portion of the text) is displayed with the second color. In some embodiments, the first indication of the translation is not displayed with the second color. In some embodiments, the second indication is not displayed with the first color. Displaying the first portion of text with a first color where the first indication of the translation has the first color and displaying the second portion of text with a second color where the second indication has the second color provides that user with improved visual feedback that allows the user to easily and efficiently determine the portion of text that is associated with the first indication and the second indication. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the computer system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the computer system by enabling the user to use the computer system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) is displayed at a third location corresponding to the first portion (e.g.,  1444 ) of the text (e.g., the first indication is displayed on top of at least a subset/portion of the first portion of the text). In some embodiments, while displaying the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) at the third location and the representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIG.  14 G ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, the computer system receives a request (e.g.,  1450   g ) to display a second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras. In some embodiments, the request to display a second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is received when a request to zoom in on and/or zoom out of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is received (e.g., via a de-pinch/pinch input/gesture that is detected on the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras). In some embodiments, the request to display a second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is received when a request to pan (e.g., translate) the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is received (e.g., via a swipe gesture that is detected on the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1450   g ) to display a second representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIG.  14 H ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the second representation includes the first portion of the text, the computer system: displays the second representation (e.g.,  1430  in  FIG.  14 H ) of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras; and continues to display the first indication (e.g.,  1446 ) at the third location (e.g., corresponding to the first portion of the text) (e.g., continuing to display the first indication being on top of at the subset/portion of the first portion of the text) (e.g., while displaying the second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras). In some embodiments, the second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras is a zoomed in/out and/or panned (e.g., translated) version of the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIG.  14 E- 14 F ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to display a second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the second representation includes the first portion of the text, the computer system ceases to display the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 E- 14 F ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to display the second representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras, one or more of the plurality of indications ceases to be displayed, and/or one or more indication of a translation are newly displayed (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  14 E- 14 F ). Continuing to display the first indication at the third location when certain prescribed conditions are satisfied (e.g., in response to the computer system receiving the request to display a second representation of the field-of-view-of the one or more cameras) automatically provides the user with the ability to view the information that is associated with the first indication while the field-of-view of the system&#39;s camera is changed. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ) is displayed at a third location (e.g., on a display, in a user interface). In some embodiments, while displaying the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ) at the third location and the plurality of indications, the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second request (e.g.,  1450   d ) to select the respective indication (e.g., a tap gesture on an indication). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second request (e.g.,  1450   d ) to select the respective indication (e.g.,  1446   d ), in accordance with a determination that the second request is a request to select the second indication (e.g.,  1446   d ), the computer system replaces, at the third location, display of the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ) with display of a third translation user interface object (e.g.,  1472 ) (e.g., second translation user interface object) that includes a third portion (e.g.,  1472   a ) of the text and the translation (e.g.,  1472   b ) of the third portion of the text without including a translation of the first portion of the text (and the second portion of the text). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second request (e.g.,  1450   d ) to select the respective indication (e.g.,  1446  (e.g.,  1446   e  in  FIG.  14 D )), in accordance with a determination that the second request is a request to select the first indication (e.g.,  1446  (e.g.,  1446   e  in  FIG.  14 D )), the computer system continues to display the first translation user interface object (e.g.,  1470 ) at the third location (e.g., without displaying the third translation user interface object). In some embodiments, the first translation user interface object can be added to a favorite list (e.g.,  1448 ) and/or a user-preferred list of other translation user interface objects (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  14 F and  14 K ). Replacing display of the first user interface object with display with display of a third translation user interface object in response to receiving the second request and in accordance with a determination that the second request is a request to select the second indication provides the user with more control over the system by allowing the ability to decide which user interface object is displayed by the system without cluttering the user interface with additional user interface objects. Providing additional control of the system without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of the system and makes the user-system interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the system) which, additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the system by enabling the user to use the system more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1500  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1500  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 N , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1500  (e.g.,  FIG.  15   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  1500  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1700 . For example, method  1500  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 , and  1700 . For example, the one or more indications of detected features, as described in method  1100 , can be displayed in the representation of the field-of-view of the one or more cameras to indicate a detected feature. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments.  FIG.  17    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces for  FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  are used to illustrate the process described below, including the processes in  FIG.  17   . 
       FIGS.  16 A- 16 D  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays one or more user interface objects for visual content in media that includes contact information in accordance with some embodiments. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 A , computer system  600  displays media viewer user interface  720  that includes media viewer region  724  positioned between application control region  722  and application control region  726 . Media viewer region  724  includes enlarged representation  1624   a  and text management control  1680 . Enlarged representation  1624   a  is a representation of a photo and depicts business card  1660 . Business card  1660  includes text  1662 , and text  1662  is composed of name  1662   a  (“John Smith”), contact number  1662   b  (“565-123-4567”), and e-mail  1662   c  (“John.Smith@mail.com”). Text management control  1680  is displayed using one or more techniques and/or for similar reasons (such as text  1662  being detected in enlarged representation  1624   a ) as described above in relation to text management control  680  of  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Z  and  FIGS.  7 B- 7 L . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays media viewer user interface  720 , including media viewer region  724 , application control region  722 , and application control region  726 , using one or more similar techniques to those discussed above in relation to  FIG.  7 B . At  FIG.  16 A , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   a  on (e.g., and/or directed to) text management control  1680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  16 B , in response to detecting tap input  1650   a  on text management control  1680  (and because a determination is made that a set of criteria is satisfied, such as the prominence criteria described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 C  and  FIG.  7 C ), computer system  600  displays text management options  1682 , which includes select-all option  682   b , copy option  682   a , translate option  1682   a , and additional operations option  1682   b . Copy option  682   a  and select-all option  682   b  are displayed and perform one or more operations in response to selection of each respective option using similar techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  6 F . Translate option  1682   a , when selected, causes computer system  600  to translate a portion of detected text (e.g., text  1662 ) into a language that is different from the language of the detected text, using similar techniques as described below in relation to selecting translate control  1690   f . Additional operations option  1682   b , when selected, causes computer system  600  to display a menu that includes additional options, such as look-up option  682   c  and/or share option  682   d  of  FIG.  6 F . In some embodiments, text management control  1680  includes one or more options that are included in text management control  680  of  FIG.  6 F , such as look-up option  682   c  and/or share option  682   d . In some embodiments, text management control  1680  includes (and/or selection of additional operations option  1682   b  causes computer system  600  to display) one or more options that are included in phone number management options  692  of  FIG.  6 O , such as call option  692   a , send message option  692   b , add-to-contacts option  692   c , and copy option  692   d.    
     As illustrated in  FIG.  16 B , in response to detecting tap input  1650   a  on text management control  1680  (and because a determination is made that a set of criteria is satisfied, such as the prominence criteria described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 C  and  FIG.  7 C ), computer system  600  deemphasizes a portion of business card  1660  that does not include the text  1662  (e.g., the wrench and screw in  FIG.  16 B  being dotted) relative to text  1662  (e.g., the detected text). As illustrated in  FIG.  16 B , in response to detecting tap input  1650   a , computer system  600  displays box  1636   a  that indicates that computer system  600  has detected text including name  1662   a  was detected, box  1636   b  that indicates that computer system  600  has detected text including contact number  1662   b , and box  1636   c  that indicates that computer system  600  has detected text including e-mail  1662   c . Box  1636   a , box  1636   b , and box  1636   c  are displayed using similar techniques and for similar reasons as described above in relation to bracket  636   a  of  FIG.  6 C . In some embodiments, boxes  1636   a - 1636   c  indicate that portions of text  1662  are visually emphasized. In some embodiments, computer system  600  emphasizes portions of detected text in other means, such as by enlarging, highlighting, and/or increasing the size of the detected text. 
     At  FIG.  16 B , in response to detecting tap input  1650   a  on text management control  1680  (and because a determination is made that a set of criteria is satisfied, such as the prominence criteria described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 C  and  FIG.  7 C ), a determination is made that one or more portions of text  1662  has certain properties. In particular, a determination is made that text  1662  has one or more properties that are consistent with contact information, a determination is made that contact number  1662   b  has one or more properties that are consistent with a phone number, and a determination is made that one or more portions of text  1662  can be copied. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 B , because the determination is made that text  1662  has one or more properties that are consistent with contact information, computer system  600  displays add-contact control  1690   a . Moreover, because the determination is made that contact number  1662   b  has one or more properties that are consistent with a phone number, computer system  600  displays call control  1690   b , and because the determination is made that text  1662  can be copied, computer system  600  displays copy control  1690   c . At  FIG.  16 B , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   b   1  on call control  1690   b , tap input  1650   b   2  on add-contact control  1690   a , or tap input  1650   b   3  on text management control  1680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  16 C , in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   1  on call control  1690   b , computer system  600  initiates a phone call to a device that is reached by calling contact number  1662   b , displays phone dialer user interface  1640 , and ceases to display media viewer user interface  720 . Phone dialer user interface  1640  includes indication  1620   b , which indicates that an outgoing phone call is in-progress to phone number  1620   a . Phone number  1620   a  is the same number as contact number  1662   b , which computer system  600  detected on enlarged representation  1624   a  of  FIGS.  16 A- 16 B . At  FIG.  16 D , in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   2  on add-contact control  1690   a , computer system  600  performs a different operation (e.g., creating a new contact and/or updating an existing content based on detected text) from the operation (e.g., initiating a phone call based on detected text) performed based on detecting tap input  1650   b   1 . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 D , in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   2 , computer system  600  displays contact information user interface  1642 . Contact information user interface  1642  includes multiple fields for entering contact information, where first name field  1642   a , last name field  1642   b , phone field  1642   c , and e-mail field  1642   d  have been filled in. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 D , first name field  1642   a  and last name field  1642   b  is filled in with text corresponding to name  1662   a  of  FIG.  16 B , phone field  1642   c  is filled in with text corresponding to contact number  1662   b  of  FIG.  16 B , and e-mail field  1642   d  corresponding to e-mail  1662   c  of  FIG.  16 B . Thus, in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   2 , computer system  600  initiates a process to create a new contact and pre-fill information for the new contact based on text that has been detected in media (e.g., previously captured media and/or live media). In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   2 , computer system  600  initiates a process to update an existing contact based on text that has been detected in media. In some embodiments, computer system  600  updates an existing based on a determination that is made that a portion of the detected text (e.g., one or more of portions of text  1662  of  FIG.  16 B  matches information for an existing contact). In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1650   b   3  on text management control  1680  at  FIG.  16 B , computer system  600  re-displays the user interface of  FIG.  16 A , including ceasing to display boxes  1636   a - 1636   c , add-contact control  1690   a , call control  1690   b , and copy control  1690   c.    
       FIGS.  16 E- 16 H  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays one or more user interface objects for visual content in media that includes a unit of measurement. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 E , computer system  600  displays a camera user interface, which includes live preview  630  and zoom controls  622 . The camera user interface is displayed using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to the camera user interface of  FIG.  6 A , including with respect to displaying zoom controls  622  and live preview  630 . At  FIG.  16 E , live preview  630  includes text, where a portion of the text includes temperature  1630   a  (e.g., “13° C.”) and another portion of the text includes statement  1630   b  (e.g., “Complimentary Caprese Salad with any purchase (Mod-Wed 12 pm-2 pm)”). At  FIG.  16 E , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   e  on text management control  1680 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  16 F , in response to detecting tap input  1650   e  on text management control  1680  (and because a determination is made that a set of criteria is satisfied, such as the prominence criteria described above in relation to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 C  and  FIG.  7 C ), computer system  600  displays text management options  1682 , box  1636   a  around temperature  1630   a , and box  1636   b  around statement  1630   b  using one or more similar techniques as discussed above in relation to  FIG.  16 B . At  FIG.  16 F , a determination is made that temperature  1630   a  has one or more properties that are consistent with a unit of measurement and a determination is made that statement  1630   b  can be copied. In some embodiments, a determination is made that temperature  1630   a  and statement  1630   b  can be copied. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 F , because a determination is made that statement  1630   b  can be copied, computer system  600  displays copy control  1690   c . Moreover, because the determination was made that temperature  1630   a  is consistent with a unit of measurement, computer system  600  displays convert-measurement control  1690   d . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 F , in response to detecting tap input  1650   e , computer system  600  ceases to display zoom affordance  622  of  FIG.  16 E  and displays copy control  1690   c  and convert-measurement control  1690   d . At  FIG.  16 F , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   f   1  on copy control  1690   c  or detects tap input  1650   f   2  on convert-measurement control  1690   d.    
     At in  FIG.  16 G , in response to detecting tap input  1650   f   1  on copy control  1690   c , computer system  600  copies statement  1630   b  in a copy buffer, so computer system  600  can paste statement  1630   b  in response to detecting an input. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 G , in response to detecting tap input  1650   f   1  on copy control  1690   c , computer system  600  ceases to display live preview  630  and displays e-mail user interface  1002  that includes text  1634   a . At  FIG.  16 G , text  1634   a  corresponds to statement  1630   b  of  FIG.  16 F  in the body of the e-mail message. In some embodiments, e-mail user interface  1002  is displayed using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  10 A . In some embodiments, computer system  600  copies statement  1630   b  to one or more applications that are different from an e-mail application that corresponds to e-mail user interface  1002 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1650   f   1 , computer system  600  continues to display live preview  630 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input on copy control  1690   c  at  FIG.  16 B , computer system  600  copies including e-mail  1662   c  to the “to:” field of e-mail user interface  1002 . 
     At  FIG.  16 H , in response to detecting tap input  1650   f   2  on convert-measurement control  1690   d , computer system  600  displays conversion  1612  (“55° F.”) above temperature  1630   a . Conversion  1612  is a conversion of temperature  1630   a , which is a conversion from Celsius to Fahrenheit. Thus, in response to detecting tap input  1650   f   2 , computer system  600  provides a conversion for a unit of measurement in a portion of detected text. At  FIG.  16 H , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   h  on convert-measurement control  1690   d  and, in response to detecting tap input  1650   h , computer system  600  re-displays the user interface of  FIG.  16 F . In some embodiments, convert-measurement control  1690   d  is displayed as being inactive (e.g., not bolded) in response to detecting tap input  1650   h  (e.g., instead of displayed as being active (e.g., bolded)). 
       FIGS.  16 I- 16 J  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays one or more user interface objects for visual content in media that includes a data table. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 I , computer system  600  displays live preview  630 , which includes selection indicator  696  (e.g., “gray highlighting”) around all of the words (“Name”, “Maria”, “Kate”, “Sarah”, and “Ashley”) in name column  648   a  and the “position” header of position column  648   b . Selection indication  696  is displayed in response to detecting a swipe input, using one or more techniques described above in relation to detecting swipe input  650   u  in  FIGS.  6 U- 6 V . At  FIG.  16 I , computer system  600  displays extract control  1690   e  in response to detecting an input on text management control  1680 , using one or more techniques as described above in relation to  FIG.  16 A . In particular, computer system  600  displays extract control  1690   e  because a determination is made that text in table  648  has one or more properties that are consistent with the text being in a table. At  FIG.  16 I , computer system  600  detects input  1650   i  on extract control  1690   e . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 J , in response to detecting input  1650   i , computer system  600  displays spreadsheet user interface  1646  that includes text  1646   a . Thus, in response to detecting an input directed to extract control  1690   e , computer system  600  copies and/or extracts detected text from a media item to an application that is different from the application that displayed the media item. Looking back at  FIG.  16 I , in some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a control that, when selected, changes the text that is selected in table  648  (e.g., updates display of selection indicator  696 ). 
       FIGS.  16 K- 16 L  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays one or more user interface objects for visual content in media that includes a barcode. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 K , computer system  600  displays live preview  630 , which includes barcode  1652  and text management control  1680  (e.g., which is displayed for similar reasons as discussed above in relation to text management control  680 ). At  FIG.  16 K , computer system  600  detects input  1650   k   1  on text management control  1680  or input  1650   k   2  on barcode  1652 . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 L , in response to detecting input  1650   k   1  on text management control  1680  or input  1650   k   2  on barcode  1652 , computer system  600  displays barcode description  1654 , which is a description of a product that is associated with barcode  1652 . At  FIG.  16 L , because a determination is made that barcode  1652  has one or more properties that are consistent with a barcode, computer system  600  ceases to display text management control  1680  and displays barcode scan control  1688 . In some embodiments, barcode scan control  1688  is displayed at  FIG.  16 K , in addition to or in lieu of text management control  1680 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input (e.g., tap input  1650   l ) on barcode scan control  1688 , computer system  600  initiates a process to scan barcode  1652  and/or scans barcode  1652 . In some embodiments, after scanning barcode  1652 , additional information concerning barcode  1652  is displayed (e.g., a greater amount of information than the information included in bar code description  1654 ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a control for redeeming a gift card in response to detecting an input on text management control  1680  while computer system  600  is displaying a representation of a gift card. In some embodiments, in response to displaying the control for redeeming the gift card, computer system  600  redeems the gift card and/or adds a reminder to redeem a gift card in a productivity application. 
       FIGS.  16 M- 16 O  illustrate an exemplary scenario where computer system  600  displays one or more user interface objects for visual content in media that includes text in a foreign language. As illustrated in  FIG.  16 M , computer system  600  displays live preview  630  that includes text  1656 , which is in Spanish. At  FIG.  16 M , computer system  600  detects tap input  1650   m   1  on text  1656  or tap input  1650   m   2  on text management control  1680 . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 N , in response to detecting tap input  1650   m   1  or tap input  1650   m   2 , computer system  600  displays translation  1658 , which is an English translation of text  1656 . At  FIG.  16 N , computer system  600  automatically translates text  1656  in response to detecting tap input  1650   m   1  or tap input  1650   m   2 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not automatically translate text  1656  in response to detecting tap input  1650   m   1  or tap input  1650   m   2 , as further discussed below. 
     As illustrated in  FIG.  16 M , computer system  600  displays translation  1658  because a determination was made that text  1656  of  FIG.  16 M  has one or more properties that are consistent with text that should be translated (e.g., the language of the text does match a language that is associated with a location (e.g., based on a device setting, based on a device region setting, and/or based on current geolocation data) of computer system  600 ). As illustrated in  FIG.  16 N , because the determination was made that text  1656  of  FIG.  16 M  has one or more properties that are consistent with text that should be translated, computer system  600  displays translation control  1690   f . In addition, at  FIG.  16 N , computer system  600  displays scan control  1690   g  because a determination is made that text  1656  has one or more properties that are consistent with text that should be scanned (e.g., text is positioned in a book, text is positioned on a page, and/or text is positioned in an article), and computer system  600  displays copy control  1690   c  because a determination is made that text  1656  can be copied. At  FIG.  16 N , computer system detects tap input  1650   n   1  on translation control  1690   f . As illustrated in  FIG.  16 O , in response to detecting tap input  1650   n   1 , computer system  600  re-displays text  1656  and/or reverts the translated version of the text to the original version of the text. At  FIG.  16 O , computer system  600  detects input  1650   o  on translation control  1690   f , computer system  600  re-displays text  1656  of  FIG.  16 N  and/or translates the original version of the text. Thus, as illustrated in  FIGS.  16 N- 160   , translation control  1690   f  can be used to toggle between the translated version and the original version of the text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap input  1650   m   1  or tap input  1650   m   2  at  FIG.  16 M , computer system  600  displays the user interface of  FIG.  16 O  instead of the user interface of  16 N. Thus, in some embodiments, computer system  600  does not automatically translate the original text in response to detecting tap input  1650   m   1  or tap input  1650   m   2  at  FIG.  16 M . 
     Looking back at  FIG.  16 N , computer system  600  detects input  1650   n   2  on scan control  1690   g . In some embodiments, in response to detecting scan control  1690   g , computer system  600  initiates a process to scan the text shown in live preview  630  and/or the book shown in live preview  630 . In some embodiments, as a part of initiating the process to scan, computer system  600  scans the text shown in live preview  630  and/or the book shown in live preview  630 . At  FIG.  16 N , computer system  600  detects input  1650   n   3  on text management control  1680 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  1650   n   3 , computer system  600  re-displays the user interface of  FIG.  16 M  and ceases to display translation control  1690   f , scan control  1690   g , and copy control  1690   c , using one or more techniques and for similar reasons as discussed above in relation to detecting tap input  1650   b   3  at  FIG.  16 B . 
     It should be understood that, while the particular scenarios described above in relation to  FIGS.  16 A- 16 O  described detecting different characteristics of text (e.g., business card information, a bar code, a unit of measurement, and/or text in a table) in a particular media item (e.g., live media, such as live preview  630 , and/or previously captured media, such as the media represented by enlarged representation  1624   a ), the type of text that is detected is not limited to whether computer system  600  is displaying live media or previously captured media. In some embodiments, the media is photo media, such as a previously captured photo or a screenshot. In some embodiments, the media is video media and/or a frame of video media, such as previously captured video media or live video media. In some embodiments, computer system  600  can detect other types of text (e.g., such as a list of items) and displays one or more different controls because of the detection of other types of text, such as a control that, when select, causes the computer system  600  to add a detected list of items to a productivity application (e.g., grocery management application and/or a task application). 
       FIG.  17    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1700  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  600 ) (e.g., a smartphone, a desktop computer, a laptop, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system): In some embodiments, the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). Some operations in method  1700  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1700  provides an intuitive way for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage user interface objects for visual content in media in accordance with some embodiments faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     While displaying a user interface (e.g.,  720  and/or the camera user interface that includes  630 ) (e.g., a media capture user interface, a media viewing user interface, and/or a media editing user interface) that includes a representation (e.g.,  720  and/or  630 ) of media (e.g., photo media, video media) (e.g., live media, a live preview (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a current field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has not been captured (e.g., in response to detecting a request to capture media (e.g., detecting selection of a shutter affordance)) and/or previously captured media (e.g., media corresponding a representation of a field-of-view (e.g., a previous field-of-view) of the one or more cameras that has been captured, a media item that has been saved and is able to be accessed by a user at a later time and/or a representation of media that was displayed in response to receiving an gesture on a thumbnail representation of the media (e.g., in a media gallery)), the computer system detects ( 1702 ) (e.g., via one or more inputs devices) a request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information (e.g., an enlarged version of the representation of media, visual content, text, and/or one or more user interface controls that corresponds to the representation of media (e.g., a plurality of options to manage text, as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 )) that corresponds to the representation (e.g.,  630  and/or  720 ) of the media. In some embodiments, as a part of detecting the request to display additional information, the computer system detects an input on a user interface object that corresponds to one or more text management operations (e.g., as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 ). In some embodiments, as a part of detecting the request to display additional information, the computer system detects an input on the representation of media (e.g., a thumbnail representation of media) and/or an input on a second representation of media that is different from the representation of media (e.g., as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media, the computer system displays a second representation of the media (e.g., an enlarged representation of the media). In some embodiments, the user interface includes the user interface object corresponding to the one or more text operations before the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media is detected (e.g., using one or more techniques as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media, the computer system displays the user interface object corresponding to the one or more text operations, as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 ). In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  1624   a  and/or  630 ) of media is a photo or a video. In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  1624   a ) of media is a screenshot (and/or a screen recording). 
     In response to ( 1704 ) detecting the request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media (and/or in response to detecting an input directed to the user interface (e.g., as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 )) (and in accordance with a determination that the representation of media includes text that can be detected): in accordance with a determination that detected text (e.g.,  1662 ,  1630   a ,  1630   b , text in  648 ,  1652 , and/or  1656 ) in the representation of media has a first set of properties (e.g., one or more properties that identify the detected text as including and/or being contact information, a phone number, a phrase in a language that is determined to not be familiar to the user and/or a phrase that can require translation, a document, a table of information, a unit of measurement (e.g., a unit of measurement that is determined to be unfamiliar to a particular user of the computer system) that can be converted, a list of items, and/or a medicine bottle and/or another item that contains information regarding health) (and, in some embodiments, does not have the second set of properties (e.g., described below)), the computer system displays ( 1706 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a - 1690   g ) that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a first operation based on the detected text (without displaying the second user interface object (e.g., described below) and/or a user interface object that, when selected, performs the second operation). In response to ( 1704 ) detecting the request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media (and/or in response to detecting an input directed to the user interface (e.g., as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900 )) (and in accordance with a determination that the representation of media includes text that can be detected): in accordance with a determination that detected text (e.g.,  1662 ,  1630   a ,  1630   b , text in  648 ,  1652 , and/or  1656 ) in the representation of media has a second set of properties (e.g., one or more properties as described above in relation to the first set of properties) that is different from the first set of properties (and, in some embodiments, does not have the first set of properties), the computer system displays ( 1708 ), via the display generation component, a second user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a - 1690   g ) that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a second operation, different from the first operation, based on the detected text (without displaying the first user interface object and/or a user interface object that, when selected, performs the first operation). In some embodiments, the first user interface object is different from (e.g., visually different from) the second user interface object. In some embodiments, the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object is an option to manage the detected text (e.g., as described above in relation to methods  800  and  900  and the plurality of options to manage the respective text). In some embodiments, the first user interface object or the second user interface object is displayed concurrently with a respective representation of the media and/or the user interface object corresponding to the one or more text operations. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has the first set of properties, the computer system displays a third user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a third operation concurrently with the first user interface object (without displaying the second user interface object). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has the second set of properties, the computer system displays the third user interface object concurrently with the second user interface object (without displaying the first user interface object). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and in accordance with a determination that the representation of media does not include text that can be detected, the computer system displays the representation of media without displaying the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object. Displaying one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object) that cause the computer system to perform one or more different operations in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with additional control options based on different conditions and allows the user to initiate a process to display the additional controls, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without unnecessarily cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments (in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has the first set of properties and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has the second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties), the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a - 1690   g ) is concurrently displayed with the second user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a - 1690   g ). In some embodiments, the first user interface object is visually different from the second user interface object. In some embodiments, the first user interface object indicates the first operation that can be performed, and the second user interface object indicates that the second operation that can be performed. In some embodiments, the first user interface object does not indicate the second operation that can be performed, and the second user interface object does not indicate that the first operation can be performed. 
     Concurrently displaying multiple user interface objects (e.g., the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object) that cause the computer system to perform different operations in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media allows the computer system to provide the user with multiple additional control options that perform different operations based on the detected text in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media, which provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, wherein the user interface includes a third user interface object (e.g.,  1680 ) (e.g., a user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations, as described above in relation to method  1700 ), In some embodiments, the representation of media is concurrently displayed with the third user interface before the request to display additional information was detected and/or before the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object is displayed. In some embodiments, the request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of media includes detecting an input that is directed to the third user interface object (e.g., while the third user interface object is displayed (concurrently with the representation of media)). In some embodiments, the third user interface object is displayed concurrently with the first user interface object after the first user interface object is displayed and/or concurrently with the second user interface object after the second user interface object is displayed. Displaying one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object) that cause the computer system to perform one or more different operations in response to detecting an input that is directed to the third user interface object allows the user to initiate a process to display the additional controls by selection of the third user interface object, which provides additional control options without unnecessarily cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media (e.g., that includes detecting the input that is directed to the third user interface object), the computer system visually emphasizes (e.g., enlarging, highlighting, and/or bolding) at least a first portion (e.g.,  1662 ) (e.g., a portion of text and/or the detected) in the representation of the media relative to a second portion (e.g., wrench in  16 B) (e.g., a portion of text and/or a portion of text that is not the detected text) in the representation of the media. Visually emphasizing at least a first portion in the representation of the media relative to a second portion in the representation of the media provides visual feedback to a user about the portion of the representation of the media impacted and/or used when the computer system performs an operation based on selection of the first user interface and/or the second user interface object, which provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a - 1690   g ) (and/or the second user interface object and/or the user interface object displayed in response to detecting the request to display the additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media), the computer system detects a request (e.g.,  1650   n   3  and/or  1650   m   3 ) to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media, the computer system ceases to display the first user interface object (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  6 B and  6 N- 6 O ) (and/or the second user interface object and/or the user interface object displayed in response to detecting the request to display the additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media). In some embodiments, as a part of detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of media, the computer system detects an input that is directed to the third user interface object as described above in relation to method  1700 . Ceasing to display the first user interface object in response to detecting the request to cease display of additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media allows the user to control when the first user interface object (and/or the second user interface object) are displayed to avoid unnecessarily cluttering the user interface, which provides additional control options without unnecessarily cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   c ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for copying a third portion (e.g., that includes the detected text) of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes copying the third portion of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the computer system copies the third portion of the representation of media into a copy buffer. In some embodiments, the first operation (or the second operation) is an operation to copy (and, in some embodiments, to a copy buffer) the third portion of the representation of the media. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to copy the third portion of the representation media in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for copying a portion of the representation of the media when the certain prescribed conditions are met, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   b ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for initiating a communication session. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes initiating a communication session (e.g., an e-mail messaging session, a text messaging session, a phone call, and/or a video call) (and, in some embodiments, to a copy buffer) (e.g., as discussed in relation to  FIG.  16 C ) with a second computer system (and/or a user of the second computer system) that is associated with (e.g., via a phone number, e-mail address, and/or username associated with the second computer system) at least a first portion (e.g., a phone number, an e-mail, and/or a username in the detected text) of the detected text (e.g.,  1662   b ). In some embodiments, the first operation is an operation to initiate the communication session. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a communication session in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for initiating a communication session with another computer system that is associated with a portion of the detected text, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   d ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for converting a first value (e.g., a numerical value and/or an alpha-numerical value) with a first unit of measurement (e.g.,  1630   a ) (e.g., such as, meters, inches, pints, pounds, yards, grams, miles, newtons, and/or hectares) to a second value (e.g., a numerical value and/or an alpha-numerical value) with a second unit of measurement (e.g.,  1612 ) (e.g., such as, meters, inches, pints, pounds, yards, grams, miles, newtons, and/or hectares) that is different from the first unit of measurement. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes converting the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement. In some embodiments, the first value with the first unit of measurement equals and/or is equivalent to the second value with the second unit of measurement. In some embodiments, the first operation is an operation to convert the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement. In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes replacing display of the first value with the first unit of measurement with display of the second value with the second unit of measure in the detected text. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to convert the first value with the first unit of measurement to the second value with the second unit of measurement in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for converting a first value with a first unit of measurement to a second value with a second unit of measurement when prescribed conditions are met, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   f ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for managing a first translation setting (e.g., a system setting, a system setting that activates and/or deactivates one or more operations (e.g., one or more automatic operations and/or one or more operations that occur without explicit user interface to translate text) that correspond to one or more translation functions and/or translation applications). In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes: in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a first state (e.g., an inactive state and/or an off state) (e.g., before the operation is performed), the computer system configures the computer system to operate in a translation mode (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  16 M- 16 O ). In some embodiments, while operating in the translation mode, the computer system is configured to translate one or more portions of the detected text (and configuring the transition setting to be in the second state). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the translation setting is in the first state, the computer system displays a version of the detected text that has been translated (e.g., that is different from the original version of the detected text). In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes: in accordance with a determination that the first translation setting is in a second state (e.g., an active state and/or an on state) that is different from the first state, the computer system configures the computer system to not operate in the translation mode (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  16 M- 16 O ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the translation setting is in the second state, the computer system displays a version of the detected text that has not been translated and/or does not display a version of the detected that has been translated. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to be configured to operate or configured to not operate in the translation mode in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for changing whether the computer system is configured to operate in or not operate in the translation mode, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   f ) is a user interface object for managing a second translation setting. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes ceasing to display a translated version of a second portion of the detected text (e.g.,  1656 ) (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  16 M- 16 N ) (and re-displaying a non-translated version of the second portion of the detected text and/or a version of the second portion of the detected text that was displayed before the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media was detected). In some embodiments, the computer system displays the translated version of the portion of the detected text in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the translated version of the portion of the detected text is a portion of the detected text that was translated automatically and/or without an explicit user interface to translate the portion of the detected text that was translated. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the translated version of the portion of the detected text before detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the translated version of a portion of text includes one or more words that have been translated into another language that is different from the language of the words in the non-translated version of the detected text. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to cease to display a translated version of a second portion of the detected text in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for undoing a translation (e.g., an automatic translation and/or a manual translation) of a portion of the detected text, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   f ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for managing a third translation setting. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes displaying (and/or inserting in the user interface) a translated version (e.g.,  1658 ) of a third portion of the detected text (e.g.,  1656 ) (e.g., that was not displayed before selection of the first user interface object) (e.g., as discussed above in relation to  FIGS.  16 N- 16 O ). Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a translated version of a third portion of the detected text in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for displaying a translation of a portion of the detected text, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   g ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for scanning a fourth portion (e.g.,  1658 ) (e.g., that includes the detected text) of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes scanning the fourth portion of the representation of the media (e.g., as described above in relation to detecting input  1650   n   2 ) (and/or initiating a process to scan the fourth portion of the representation of media). In some embodiments, the fourth portion of the representation of media is the entire representation of media and/or a portion of the representation of media that is greater than 50% of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, after scanning the fourth portion of the representation of media, the computer system stores and/or initiates a process to store the representation of the media into a file format (e.g., .pdf, .doc, .img, .jpg, or .gif). In some embodiments, the representation of media is a document. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to scan the fourth portion of the representation of the media in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for scanning a portion of the representation of the media, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   e ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for extracting one or more tables (e.g., data tables). In some embodiments, a fifth portion (e.g., that includes the detected text) of the representation of media includes a first table. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes copying (and/or extracting) the first table (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  16 I- 16 J ). In some embodiments, the detected text includes the table. In some embodiments, as a part of copying the table, the computer system copies the table into an application that is different from the application in which the representation of media is displayed. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to copy a table (e.g., in the detected text and/or in the representation of the media) in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for copying a table in the representation of the media, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   e ) (or the second user interface object) is a user interface object for extracting information (e.g., data and/or text in one or more rows of the one or more tables) from one or more tables (e.g., data tables). In some embodiments, a fifth portion (e.g., that includes the detected text) of the representation of media includes a second table. In some embodiments, performing the first operation (or the second operation in the context of the second user interface object) includes displaying an indication that information (e.g., some and/or all of the information and/or the detected text) in the second table is selected (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIGS.  16 I- 16 J ) (e.g., currently selected). In some embodiments, the selected information is the detected text. In some embodiments, while displaying an indication that information in the table is selected, the computer system indicates that other information in the table is not selected. In some embodiments, the computer system sends and/or adds the information that is indicated to be selected to an application (e.g., to a spreadsheet application). Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display an indication that information in the table is second table is selected in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for selecting information from a table in the representation of the media, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1690   a ) is a user interface object for managing one or more contacts. In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes adding a sixth portion of the representation of the media (e.g., a portion of the detected text) to a contact details form (e.g., as described above in relation to  FIG.  16 D ) (e.g., a contract entry form and/or a contact details form for a particular contact (e.g., a contact of the user of the computer system and/or a contact that is associated with a different computer system than the computer system)). In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes initiating a process to add the sixth portion of the representation of the media and/or text from the sixth portion of the representation to media to a new or existing contact. In some embodiments, the sixth portion of the representation of media is text on a business card (e.g., that is represented in the representation of media). Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to add a sixth portion of the representation of the media to a contact details form in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for using at least a portion of the representation of the media and/or the detected text to create and/or manage details and/or information that is associated with a contact, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing a shopping list, and wherein performing the first operation includes adding a seventh portion of the representation of the media (e.g., a portion of the detected text) to a list (e.g., in a reminder and/or a to-do-list application) (e.g., a shopping list, a to-do list, a reminder list, and/or a productivity list). Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to add a sixth portion of the representation of the media to a list in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for using at least a portion of the representation of the media to manage and/or create a shopping list (and/or another list of items), which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object is a user interface object for managing medicine. In some embodiments, the first operations includes: identifying medical information (e.g., information about medicine and/or nutritional supplements medicine (e.g., dosage and/or type of medicine and/or nutritional supplements)) in the representation of media (e.g., in the detected text in the representation of media). In some embodiments, as a part of identifying medical information in the representation of media, the computer system scans and/or looks-up a barcode and/or identifies text (e.g., on a medicine bottle and/or a receipt) associated with medicine. In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes causing the medical information to be associated with a health application (e.g., a fitness application, a health-tracking application, an application for managing medical records, and/or an application for managing medicine) (with the permission of the user). In some embodiments, as a part of causing the medical information to be associated with the health application, the computer system sends instructions to the health application to add the medical information. In some embodiments, the medical information is added to a health account and/or another account that corresponds to a user (e.g., the user of the computer system and/or another user). Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to cause medical information to be associated with a health application in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for associating at least a portion of the representation of the media with a health application, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object is a user interface object for redeeming a gift card. In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes initiating a process to redeem a gift card based on an eighth portion of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the eighth portion of the representation is identifying information (e.g., text (e.g., a bar code and/or a number) associated with the gift card and/or for redeeming the gift card)) associated with the gift card. In some embodiments, the process to redeem the gift card includes creating a reminder and/or a task and associating it with an application for managing tasks, lists, and/or reminders. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate process to redeem a gift card in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for redeeming a gift card, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1688 ) is a user interface object for managing a barcode (e.g.,  1652 ). In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes displaying first information (e.g.,  1654 ) about a product (and/or service) that corresponds to a barcode, and wherein the barcode is displayed in the representation of the media. In some embodiments, as a part of displaying information corresponding to a barcode in a ninth portion of the representation of the media, the computer system scans the barcode. In some embodiments, the first information is displayed in a respective user interface object (e.g., a look-up card and/or a panel). In some embodiments, the respective user interface object overlays at least a portion of the representation of the media. In some embodiments, the first information and/or the look-up card includes information, such as information and/or links about the product, recipes using the product, reviews of the product, nutritional facts for the product, serving sizes for the product, and/or one or more options to adjust the serving size to determine how much a product would be used in the recipe. Providing a user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display information about a product (and/or service) that corresponds to a barcode in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with an additional control option for providing information that is associated with a barcode, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of the media that includes the barcode (e.g.,  1652 ) (and the user interface object for managing the barcode), the computer system detects an input (e.g.,  1650   k   2 ) that is directed to the barcode. In some embodiments, response to detecting the input (e.g., directed to the barcode, the computer system displays second information about the product that corresponds to the barcode. Displaying second information about the product that corresponds to the barcode in response to detecting the input directed to the barcode allows the computer system to display information about the barcode without displaying additional controls, which provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface includes a fourth user interface object (e.g.,  1680 ) (e.g., a user interface object corresponding to one or more text management operations, as described above in methods  800  and  900 ) that is displayed at a first location. In some embodiments, computer system detects the request (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) to display additional information that corresponds to the representation (e.g.,  630  and/or  1624   a ) of media includes detecting an input (e.g.,  1650   a ,  1650   e ,  1650 ,  1650   k   1 , and/or  1650   m   2 ) that is directed to the fourth user interface object (e.g.,  1680 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and in accordance with a determination that detected text (e.g.,  1662 ,  1630   a ,  1630   b , text in  648 ,  1652 , and/or  1656 ) in the representation of media has the first set of properties, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1688 ) is displayed at the first location and the fourth user interface object is not displayed at the first location. In some embodiments in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has a second set of properties that is different from the first set of properties, the second user interface object is displayed at the first location and the fourth user interface object is not displayed at the first location. Displaying the first user interface object is displayed at the first location and not displaying the fourth user interface object at the first location in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of the media and in accordance with a determination that detected text in the representation of media has the first set of properties allows the computer system to displaying a user interface object that could be more relevant to the user at the first location and de-clutters the user interface, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  700 ) is in communication with one or more cameras. In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  630 ) of media is a representation (e.g.,  630 ) of visual content that is being captured (e.g., currently being captured and/or being captured with a small delay (e.g., 0.01-5 second delay)) by the one or more cameras (e.g., a live preview and/or a live representation of media). Displaying one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object) that cause the computer system to perform one or more different operations in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to visual content that is being captured by the one or more cameras and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with additional control options that cause the computer system to perform one or more operations based on live content, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without unnecessarily cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the representation (e.g.,  1624   a ) of the media is a representation (e.g.,  1624   a ) of previously captured media (e.g., visual content (e.g., data) that was previously captured by one or more cameras of the computer system and/or of a computer system that is different from the computer system). Displaying one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first user interface object and/or the second user interface object) that cause the computer system to perform one or more different operations in response to detecting the request to display additional information that corresponds to the representation of previously captured and when certain prescribed conditions are met allows the computer system to automatically provide the user with additional control options that cause the computer system to perform one or more operations based on previously captured content, which performs an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input and provides additional control options without unnecessarily cluttering the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1700  described above can also apply to a representation of video media, such as one or more live frames and/or paused frames of video media. In some embodiments, one or more steps of method  1700  described above can be applied to representation of media in user interfaces for applications that are different from the user interfaces described in relation to  FIGS.  16 A- 16 O , which include, but are not limited to, user interfaces corresponding to a productivity application (e.g., a note taking application, a spreadsheeting application, and/or a tasks management application), a web application, a file viewer application, and/or a document processing application, and/or a presentation application. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1700  (e.g.,  FIG.  17   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the other methods described herein. For example, method  1700  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500 . For example, method  1700  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods  800 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 , and  1500 . For example, the computer system displays one or more user interface objects using method  1700  based on a set of criteria (e.g., visual prominence criteria) as described in relation to methods  800  and/or  900 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims. 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to allow the computer system to perform various functions for the user and/or to provide the user with an enhanced ability to manage visual content in media. For example, the computer system can use data from various source, such as images and/or video, to identify and scan medical information (e.g., medicine), as discussed above in relation to method  1000 . The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control over the type of visual content in the media that is managed. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user&#39;s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data, including medical information that is scanned, processed, and/or gathered by the computer system, will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data, such as medical data gathered, processed, and/or scanned using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to method  1700 . That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of targeted advertising (e.g., by detecting features in managed media), the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide data associated with content that the user has managed for the purposes of targeted advertising. In yet another example, users can select to limit the length of time data associated with content that the user has managed is maintained or entirely prohibit the development of a baseline profile, such as a profile that relates to health or medical data (e.g., using one or more techniques as discussed above in relation to method  1700 ). In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information, such as medical data. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health-related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data at a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, visual content in media can be managed based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the source of the media, or publicly available information.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20230322
Publication Date: 20240604
Grant Date: 20240604
Priority Date: 20210419
Inventors: PAUL, Grant R.
Albert, Kellie L
DE VRIES, Nathan
JONES, James N.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06V30/19", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/58", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04842", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/279", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04808", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F40/58", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06V30/19", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 87161806